FORM 10-K

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998

[  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

Commission File Number 1-6227

                          LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

       Delaware                                          42-0823980  
- ------------------------                    ------------------------------------
(State of Incorporation)                    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  215 N. Main Street, Davenport, Iowa                       52801
- ----------------------------------------                  ----------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                  (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code (319) 383-2100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                        Name of Each Exchange On
          Title of Each Class                               Which Registered
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock - $2.00 par value                          New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Share Purchase Rights                         New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

   Title of Class
- --------------------
Class B Common Stock              $2.00 par value

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

State the aggregate  market value of voting stock held by  nonaffiliates  of the
registrant as of December 1, 1998. Common Stock and Class B Common Stock,  $2.00
par value, $1,161,587,000.

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock, as of December 1, 1998. Common Stock, $2.00 par value, 32,787,354 
shares; and Class B Common Stock, $2.00 par value, 11,573,584 shares.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Lee Enterprises,  Incorporated  Definitive Proxy Statement dated
December 29, 1998 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.





                                     PART I

Item 1.  Business

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements that
are based  largely on the  Company's  current  expectations  and are  subject to
certain  risks,  trends,  and  uncertainties  that could cause actual results to
differ  materially  from  those  anticipated.  Among  such  risks,  trends,  and
uncertainties  are changes in advertising  demand,  newsprint  prices,  interest
rates,  regulatory  rulings,  and other economic  conditions,  and the effect of
acquisitions,   investments,  and  dispositions  on  the  Company's  results  of
operations or financial condition.  The words "believe," "expect," "anticipate,"
"intends," "plans," "projects,"  "considers," and similar expressions  generally
identify  forward-looking  statements.  Readers are cautioned not to place undue
reliance on such  forward-looking  statements,  which are as of the date of this
filing.

Item 1(a) Recent business  developments.  During the Company's fiscal year ended
September  30,  1998,  there  were no  material  developments  in the  Company's
business.

Item 1(b)  Financial  information  about industry  segments.  See Note 13 to the
Notes to Financial Statements under Item 8, herein.

Item 1(c) Narrative description of business.

                                   PUBLISHING

The Company and its subsidiaries publish the following:

      Daily Newspapers:

                                                                                 Circulation
                   Newspaper                   City                State          Daily(M-F)      Sunday
         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         
         Southern Illinoisian               Carbondale          Illinois              26,672      34,160
         Herald & Review                    Decatur             Illinois              38,503      47,502
         Star Courier                       Kewanee             Illinois               6,660
         Quad City Times                    Davenport           Iowa                  51,897      76,838
         Globe Gazette                      Mason City          Iowa                  20,422      24,525
         Muscatine Journal                  Muscatine           Iowa                   8,484
         The Ottumwa Courier                Ottumwa             Iowa                  18,325
         Winona Daily News                  Winona              Minnesota             12,121      12,995
         Billings Gazette                   Billings            Montana               50,746      56,387
         The Montana Standard               Butte               Montana               15,104      15,706
         Independent Record                 Helena              Montana               13,422      14,201
         Missoulian                         Missoula            Montana               31,277      37,721
         Lincoln Journal Star               Lincoln             Nebraska              76,202      83,128
         The Bismarck Tribune               Bismarck            North Dakota          29,740      32,430
         Democrat-Herald                    Albany              Oregon                22,222      22,433 *
         Ashland Daily Tidings              Ashland             Oregon                 5,251         - -
         Corvallis Gazette-Times            Corvallis           Oregon                13,438      14,950
         Rapid City Journal                 Rapid City          South Dakota          30,351      33,931
         LaCrosse Tribune                   LaCrosse            Wisconsin             32,722      40,452
         Wisconsin State Journal            Madison             Wisconsin             87,390     159,827
         The Journal Times                  Racine              Wisconsin             33,535      34,427
                                                                                 ------------------------
                       Total paid daily and Sunday circulation                       624,484     741,613
                                                                                 =======================

Source - Annual  Average  of Audit  Bureau of  Circulation  (ABC):  Average of 6
months ended March 1998 and September  1998. (ABC had not completed its audit of
the September 30, 1998 period as of the date of this report.)

* From date of inception: September 13, 1998.

Weekly Newspapers: Newspaper City State Day(s) Circulation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aledo Times Record Aledo Illinois Wednesday 9,016 Bettendorf News Bettendorf Iowa Wednesday 2,600 Big Fork Eagle Big Fork Montana Wednesday 4,500 The Plattsmouth Journal Plattsmouth Nebraska Monday and Thursday 5,000 Mandan News Mandan North Dakota Thursday 1,920 Cottage Grove Sentinel Cottage Grove Oregon Wednesday 4,500 Gresham Outlook Gresham Oregon Wednesday and Saturday 8,814 Lebanon Express Lebanon Oregon Wednesday 3,500 Newport News-Times Newport Oregon Wednesday and Friday 13,948 Sandy Post Sandy Oregon Wednesday 2,006 The Springfield News Springfield Oregon Wednesday and Saturday 11,000 ------------- Total paid weekly circulation 66,804 =============
Source: Company Statistics The Company owns 50% of the capital stock of Madison Newspapers, Inc. and 17% of the nonvoting common stock of The Capital Times Company. The Capital Times Company owns the remaining 50% of the capital stock of Madison Newspapers, Inc. Madison Newspapers, Inc. owns the Wisconsin State Journal, a morning newspaper published seven days each week, and The Capital Times, an afternoon paper published Monday through Saturday each week. Both newspapers are produced in the printing plant of Madison Newspapers, Inc., which maintains common advertising, circulation, delivery, and business departments for the two newspapers. The Company has a contract to furnish the editorial and news content for the Wisconsin State Journal. The Wisconsin State Journal is classified as one of the Lee Group of newspapers in the newspaper field and in the rating services. Classified Publications: Publication City State Day(s) Circulation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Prescott Sun Prescott Arizona Wednesday 33,100 Dandy Dime Tucson Arizona Friday 28,500 The Town Crier Aledo Illinois Wednesday 9,016 The Atkinson-Annawan News Atkinson Illinois Thursday 700 Prairie Shopper Decatur Illinois Tuesday 45,063 Thrifty Nickel East Moline Illinois Thursday 11,665 Henry County Advertiser Geneseo Illinois Tuesday 20,300 The Gateway Express Clinton Iowa Wednesday and Friday 6,837 The Advertiser Davenport Iowa Wednesday 28,000 Winnebago/Hancock Shopper Forest City Iowa Monday 12,530 Mason City Shopper Mason City Iowa Tuesday 33,971 The Post Muscatine Iowa Tuesday 20,850 Wapello County Shopper Ottumwa Iowa Wednesday 21,400 Thrifty Nickel Billings Montana Thursday 30,000 Yellowstone Shopper Billings Montana Thursday 47,200 Mini Nickel Bozeman Montana Thursday 22,900 Nickel Saver Butte Montana Thursday 100,000 Western Shopper Deer Lodge Montana Wednesday 4,775 The Trader Dillon Montana Monday 6,183 Consumers Press Great Falls, Montana Thursday 32,969 Life & Times Press Hamilton Montana Wednesday 12,275 The Adit Helena Montana Wednesday 23,519 The Western Montana Messenger Missoula Montana Wednesday 33,000 Nifty Nickel Las Vegas Nevada Thursday 60,000 Penny Saver Albuquerque New Mexico Friday 26,000 Quik Quarter/Thrifty Nickel Albuquerque New Mexico Thursday 34,500 Pennysaver Dickinson North Dakota Wednesday 13,790 The Finder Mandan North Dakota Wednesday 39,161 Nickel Ads Portland Oregon Friday 202,000 Rapid City Advertiser Rapid City South Dakota Wednesday 28,000 Northern Hills Advertiser Spearfish South Dakota Wednesday 21,977 Pioneer Shopper St. George Utah Thursday 27,000 Little Nickel Lynnwood Washington Wednesday and Thursday 320,000 Nickel Saver Moses Lake Washington Thursday 21,500 Nickel Nik Spokane Washington Friday 37,000 Buyline Walla Walla Washington Thursday 2,000 Nickel Ads Wenatchee Washington Thursday 26,500 The Foxxy Shopper LaCrosse Wisconsin Tuesday 33,984 Cover Story Madison Wisconsin Sunday 85,000 Pennysaver Racine Wisconsin Monday 65,000 Foxxy Shopper Sparta Wisconsin Tuesday 42,462 ------------- Total non-paid weekly circulation 1,670,627 ============= Source: Company statistics
Classified publications are weekly advertising publications available in racks or delivered free by carriers or third-class mail to all households in a particular geographic area. Classified publications offer advertisers a cost-effective local advertising system. Classified publications are particularly effective in large markets with high media fragmentation in which major metropolitan newspapers generally have low penetration. Specialty Publications and Other Products and Services: City State ----------------------------------------------------------------- Auto Index Prescott Arizona Cars & Trucks Tuscon Arizona The Ridge Aledo Illinois Lee Direct Davenport Iowa Lee Print Davenport Iowa Classic Images Muscatine Iowa International Newspaper Network Big Fork Montana Quality Information Systems Billings Montana Western Business Billings Montana Intermountain Printing and Publishing Deer Lodge Montana Ag Almanac Great Falls Montana AutoFinder Missoula Montana Broadwater Townsend Montana Home Scene Las Vegas Nevada Las Vegas Showtime Las Vegas Nevada Nifty Nickel Cars & Trucks Las Vegas Nevada Farm & Ranch Guide Bismarck North Dakota Internet Broadcasting Partners Portland Oregon Tri-State Neighbor Sioux Falls South Dakota Value Express Colville Washington Home Buyer's Guide Spokane Washington Nickel Nik's RV Wheel Deals Spokane Washington Nickel Nik's Truck Deals Spokane Washington Nickel Nik's Wheel Deals Spokane Washington AgriView Madison Wisconsin Midwest Messenger Tekamah Nebraska The Eastman's Journal Thermopolis Wyoming The Company's strategy is to increase its share of local advertising in its existing markets, and over time, to increase circulation through internal expansion into contiguous markets and make selective acquisitions. The basic raw material of newspapers, classified, and specialty publications is newsprint. The Company and its subsidiaries purchase newsprint from U.S. and Canadian producers. The Company believes it will continue to receive a supply of newsprint adequate to its needs. Newsprint prices are volatile and fluctuate based upon factors which include both the foreign and domestic production capacity and consumption. The price fluctuations can have a significant effect on the results of operations. For the quantitative impacts of these fluctuations, see "Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of perations" under Item 7, herein. Publishing revenue has traditionally been highest in the quarter ended December 31 and, likewise, has been lowest in the quarter ended March 31. The Company's newspapers, classified and specialty publications compete with newspapers having national or regional circulation, magazines, radio, television, other advertising media such as billboards, classified and specialty publications and direct mail, as well as other information content providers such as on-line services. In addition, many of the Company's daily and Sunday newspapers compete with other newspapers in nearby cities and towns. BROADCASTING The Company and its subsidiaries own and operate the following television stations: Nielsen DMA Station Market Ranking - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ABC Affiliate, KGUN-TV - Tucson, Arizona 78 CBS Affiliates: KOIN-TV - Portland, Oregon 23 KRQE-TV - Albuquerque, New Mexico 49 (1) KGMB-TV - Honolulu, Hawaii 71 (2) KMTV - Omaha, Nebraska 73 NBC Affiliates: WSAZ-TV - Huntington-Charleston, West Virginia 58 KSNW-TV - Wichita, Kansas 65 (3) KSNT-TV - Topeka, Kansas 140 Telemundo Affiliate, KMAZ-TV - El Paso, Texas 99 (4) UPN Affiliate, KASY-TV - Albuquerque, New Mexico (operating under local marketing agreement) 49 (1) Combined DMA rank. KRQE-TV also operates stations KBIM-TV, Roswell, New Mexico and KREZ-TV, Durango, Colorado. (2) KGMB-TV also operates stations KGMD-TV, Hilo, Hawaii and KGMV-TV, Maui, Hawaii. (3) KSNW-TV also operates stations KSNG-TV, Garden City, Kansas; KSNC-TV, Great Bend, Kansas; and KSNK-TV, Oberlin, Kansas/McCook, Nebraska. (4) KZIA-TV changed its call letters to KMAZ-TV effective October 31, 1997. Affiliation changed from UPN effective January 15, 1998. Broadcasting revenue has traditionally been highest in the quarter ended December 31 and, likewise, has been lowest in the quarter ended March 31. The Company's television stations compete with other over-the-air broadcast television stations, direct broadcast satellite ("DBS") and cable television, radio companies, other advertising media such as newspapers, magazines and billboards, as well as other information content providers such as on-line services. Competition in the television broadcasting industry occurs primarily in individual market areas. Generally, a television station in one market does not compete with other stations in other market areas, nor does a group of stations, such as those owned by the Company, compete with any other group of stations as such. DBS and cable television systems in the Company's broadcasting markets operate on a subscriber payment basis and compete by importing out-of-market television signals or by originating programming to the extent permitted or required by present or future rules of the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"). The Company's television broadcasting operations are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"). The Act empowers the FCC, among other things, to issue, revoke or modify broadcasting licenses, to assign frequency bands, to determine the location of stations, to regulate the apparatus used by stations, to establish areas to be served, to adopt regulations necessary to carry out the provisions of the Act and to impose penalties for violation of such regulations. Television licenses are granted for a maximum period of five years and, upon application, may be renewed for additional five-year terms. The FCC is required to hold a hearing on a renewal application if a substantial and material question of fact is raised with respect to the renewal application, or if for any reason the FCC is unable to find that the grant of the renewal application would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. Renewal of the Company's television licenses has never been denied and all such licenses are now in full force and effect. OTHER MATTERS In the opinion of management, compliance with present statutory and regulatory requirements respecting environmental quality will not necessitate significant capital outlays, or materially affect the earning power of the business of the Company, or cause material changes in the Company's business, whether present or intended. In September 1998, the Company, its subsidiaries and associated companies had approximately 6,100 employees, including approximately 2,100 part-time employees. Item 2. Properties The Company's executive offices are located in facilities leased at 215 North Main Street, Davenport, Iowa. All of the printing plants (except Madison which is owned by Madison Newspapers, Inc.) are owned by the Company. All printing plants (including Madison) are well maintained, are in good condition, and are suitable for the present office and publishing operations. Upon completion of the production facility expansion in Lincoln, Nebraska, the Company believes all plants will be adequately equipped with typesetting, printing and other required equipment. All offices, studios, and transmitter buildings of the broadcasting divisions are owned or subject to long-term lease by the Company. All of the television properties are adequately equipped for present operations, and are in good condition and repair. See Item 7 "Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity, Capital Resources and Commitments" for a discussion of the implementation of digital television service. Network television programs are received via satellite. Item 3. Legal Proceedings Not applicable. Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders Not applicable. Executive Officers of the Company The following table shows the names and ages of all executive officers of the Company, the period of service for each with the Company, the period during which each has held his present office and the office held by each. Period of Service Period In Name Age With Company Present Office Present Office - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Richard D. Gottlieb 56 35 years 7 years President and Chief Executive Officer Ronald L. Rickman 60 39 years 1 year President - Publishing Group Gary N. Schmedding 60 26 years 1 year President - Broadcast Group Group Larry L. Bloom 49 5 years 5 years Senior Vice President - Finance, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer Greg R. Veon 46 22 years 3 years Vice President - Marketing Richard F. Anderson 57 1 year 1 year President - The Pacific Northwest Group Vytenis P. Kuraitis 50 4 years 2 years Vice President - Human Resources Charles D. Waterman, III 52 9 years 9 years Secretary George C. Wahlig 51 9 years 6 years Vice President - Finance and Chief Accounting Officer Gregory P. Schermer 44 10 years 1 year Vice President - Interactive Media
Ronald L. Rickman was elected President - Publishing Group in November 1997. For more than five years prior thereto he was Vice President - Publishing Group. Gary N. Schmedding was elected President - Broadcast Group in November 1997. For more than five years prior thereto he was Vice President - Broadcast Group. Greg R. Veon was elected Vice President - Marketing in November 1995; from 1992 through November 1995 he was Vice President and General Manager of KOIN-TV, Portland, Oregon. Richard F. Anderson was elected President - The Pacific Northwest Group in November 1997; from 1992 through September 1997 he was General Manager and President of The Pacific Northwest Publishing Group for Capital Cities/ABC, Inc. Vytenis P. Kuraitis was elected Vice President - Human Resources in January 1997. From August 1994 through January 1997 he was Director of Human Resources. For more than two years prior thereto, he was the National Practice Director for Executive Compensation for AON. Charles D. Waterman, III was elected Secretary of the Company in November 1989. He is presently, and for more than the past five years has been, a partner in the law firm of Lane & Waterman, Davenport, Iowa, general counsel of the Company. Gregory P. Schermer was elected Vice President - Interactive Media in November 1997; from 1989 through November 1997 he was, and continues to serve as, corporate counsel for the Company. PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters COMMON STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDENDS Lee Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Lee Class B Common Stock was issued to stockholders of record of the Company in 1986 pursuant to a 100% stock dividend and is converted at sale or the option of the holder into Lee Common Stock. The table below shows the high and low prices of Lee Common Stock for each quarter during the past three years, the closing price at the end of each quarter and the dividends paid per share. Quarter -------------------------------------------------- 4th 3rd 2nd 1st -------------------------------------------------- STOCK PRICES 1998: High ............. $ 31-3/4 $ 33-7/8 $ 33-9/16 $ 29-13/16 Low .............. 23-1/2 27-5/16 28 25-1/2 Closing .......... 25-15/16 30-5/8 33-9/16 29-9/16 1997: High ............. 29-1/8 27 25-1/8 23-5/8 Low .............. 25 22-3/8 22-3/8 21 Closing .......... 28-3/8 26-3/8 24-1/4 23-1/4 1996: High ............. 23-5/8 24-3/8 22-3/4 23 Low .............. 19-3/4 20-1/2 20 19-11/16 Closing .......... 22-7/8 23-5/8 21-1/8 23 DIVIDENDS PAID 1998 ............. $ 0.14 $ 0.14 $ 0.14 $ 0.14 1997 ............. 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 1996 ............. 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 For a description of the relative rights of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8, herein. At September 30, 1998, the Company had 3,653 holders of Common Stock and 2,283 holders of Class B Common Stock. Item 6. Selected Financial Data FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE Year Ended September 30: 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 ---------------------------------------------------- (In Thousands Except Per Share Data) OPERATIONS Operating revenue ........... $517,293 $446,686 $427,369 $383,740 $341,241 ==================================================== Income from continuing operations ............... $ 62,233 $ 62,745 $ 53,670 $ 52,232 $ 45,137 Discontinued operations ..... - - - - 7,725 6,227 5,717 Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations ............... - - 1,485 (15,948) - - - - ---------------------------------------------------- Net income ....... $ 62,233 $ 64,230 $ 45,447 $ 58,459 $ 50,854 ==================================================== PER SHARE AMOUNTS Weighted average shares: Basic .................... 44,829 46,393 46,973 46,053 46,038 Diluted .................. 45,557 47,243 47,899 46,873 46,806 Basic: Income from continuing operations ............. $ 1.39 $ 1.35 $ 1.14 $ 1.13 $ 0.98 Discontinued operations .. - - - - 0.16 0.14 0.12 Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations ............. - - 0.03 (0.33) - - - - ---------------------------------------------------- Net income ....... $ 1.39 $ 1.38 $ 0.97 $ 1.27 $ 1.10 ==================================================== Diluted: Income from continuing operations ............. $ 1.37 $ 1.33 $ 1.12 $ 1.12 $ 0.97 Discontinued operations .. - - - - 0.16 0.13 0.12 Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations ............. - - 0.03 (0.33) - - - - ---------------------------------------------------- Net income ....... $ 1.37 $ 1.36 $ 0.95 $ 1.25 $ 1.09 ==================================================== Dividends ................... $ 0.56 $ 0.52 $ 0.48 $ 0.44 $ 0.42 OTHER DATA Total assets ................ $660,585 $650,963 $527,416 $559,929 $474,701 Debt, including current maturities ....... 219,481 203,735 95,503 123,489 130,532 Stockholders' equity ........ 319,759 319,390 324,954 311,042 241,930
Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations This Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains certain forward-looking statements that are based largely on the Company's current expectations and are subject to certain risks, trends, and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. Among such risks, trends, and uncertainties are changes in advertising demand, newsprint prices, interest rates, regulatory rulings, and other economic conditions and the effect of acquisitions, investments, and dispositions on the Company's results of operations or financial condition. The words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intends," "plans," "projects," "considers," and similar expressions generally identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which are as of the date of this filing. Operating results are summarized below: 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------ (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Operating revenue ....................... $517,293 $446,686 $427,369 Percent change ....................... 15.8% 4.5% 11.4% Income before depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes (EBITDA) * ........ 150,423 132,455 122,540 Percent change ....................... 13.6% 8.1% 8.6% Operating income ........................ 112,847 104,151 94,741 Percent change ....................... 8.3% 9.9% 3.6% Income from continuing operations ....... 62,233 62,745 53,670 Percent change ....................... (0.8)% 16.9% 2.8% Earnings per share, continuing operations Basic ................................ 1.39 1.35 1.14 Percent change .................... 3.0% 18.4% 0.1% Diluted .............................. 1.37 1.33 1.12 Percent change .................... 3.0% 18.8% --% * EBITDA is not a financial performance measurement under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and should not be considered in isolation or a substitute for GAAP performance measurements. EBITDA is also not reflected in our consolidated statement of cash flows; but it is a common and meaningful alternative performance measurement for comparison to other companies in our industry. The fiscal 1998 comparisons are significantly affected by the September 8, 1997 acquisition of The Pacific Northwest Group. The Pacific Northwest Group publishes eight daily and weekly newspapers geographically clustered in Oregon's Willamette Valley and classified publications in eight markets in the states of Washington, Oregon, Nevada, and Utah. For additional information related to this acquisition, see Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8, herein. The following unaudited pro forma operating results are as if Lee had owned its recently acquired properties since October 1, 1996. 1998 1997 --------------------- (Pro Forma Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Operating revenue ............................ $517,293 $497,872 Percent change ............................ 3.9% Income before depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes ........................ 150,423 146,898 Percent change ............................ 2.4% Operating income ............................. 112,847 110,241 Percent change ............................ 2.4% Income from continuing operations ............ 62,233 59,470 Percent change ............................ 4.6% Earnings per share, continuing operations: Basic ..................................... 1.39 1.28 Percent change ......................... 8.6% Basic ..................................... 1.37 1.26 Percent change ......................... 8.7% PUBLISHING 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------ (Dollars in Thousands) Operating revenue ....................... $382,894 $318,441 $302,564 Percent change ....................... 20.2% 5.2% 10.1% Operating income: Wholly-owned properties .............. 94,159 88,865 75,687 Percent change .................... 6.0% 17.4% 10.7% Equity in net income ................. 8,367 7,756 7,008 Percent change .................... 7.9% 10.7% (15.3)% Operating margin, wholly-owned properties 24.6% 27.9% 25.0% The publishing segment includes newspapers, classified and specialty publications. Operating revenue consists of the following: 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------ (Dollars in Thousands) Daily newspapers: Advertising ............. $195,852 $179,822 $169,151 Percent change ....... 8.9% 6.3% 10.3% Circulation ............. 81,912 80,522 79,814 Percent change ....... 1.7% 0.9% 9.5% Other ...................... 105,130 58,097 53,599 Percent change .......... 81.0% 8.4% 10.1% Exclusive of The Pacific Northwest Group acquisition, advertising revenue increased 5.0% and 6.0%, circulation revenue (decreased) increased (.6%) and .7%, and other revenue increased 4.6% and 3.8% in 1998 and 1997, respectively. The following daily newspaper advertising lineage, circulation volume statistics, and related revenue results are presented on a pro forma basis for daily newspapers wholly owned at the end of fiscal 1998. Changes in advertising units for classified and local advertising, which account for more than 70% of newspaper advertising revenue, are as follows: A DVERTISING LINEAGE, IN THOUSANDS OF INCHES (PRO FORMA ): 1998 1997 1996 --------------------------------------- Classified ................... 4,365 4,252 4,067 Percent change ............ 2.7% 4.5% (0.2)% Local ........................ 5,638 5,630 5,697 Percent change ............ 0.1% (1.2)% (2.3)% Classified advertising revenue increased approximately 9.7% in 1998, 9.7% in 1997, and 6.5% in 1996. The average rate realized increased 6.9% in 1998, 5.0% in 1997, and 6.8% in 1996. In 1998 continued significant growth in employment advertising and growth in real estate advertising offset a small reduction in automotive advertising. In 1997 significant growth in employment advertising offset softness in automotive and other advertising. In 1996 automotive advertising decreased until late in the fiscal year. Local "run-of-press" advertising is advertising by merchants in the local community which is printed in the newspaper, rather than "preprints", which are printed separately by the Company or others and inserted into the newspaper. In 1998 revenue increased 1.3% as the Company offered price incentives in return for larger or more frequent ads resulting in a .1% increase in local advertising units. Revenue increased 3.1% in 1997 and 1996 on higher average rates despite decreases in advertising inches. Total revenue realized from local and national merchants is increasing despite the shift from run-of-press advertising to preprints which have lower-priced, higher-volume distribution rates. Preprint revenue increased 4.8% in 1998, 5.2% in 1997, and was flat in 1996 due to cutbacks by advertisers during the 1995 holiday season. In 1998 circulation revenue decreased (.6%) and volume decreased (.7%). Volume decreases in 1997 continued through the first half of 1998. Intensive promotion efforts and reduced price offers increased volume above 1997 year-end levels by the close of the fiscal year. In 1997 and 1996 circulation revenue increased .8% and 3.8% as a result of higher rates, which offset volume decreases of (2.3%) and (1.7%), respectively. Other revenue consists of revenue from weekly newspapers, classified, specialty publications, commercial printing, products delivered outside the newspaper (which include activities such as target marketing, special event production, and on-line service) and editorial service contracts with Madison Newspapers, Inc. Other revenue by category and by property is as follows: 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------ (In Thousands) Weekly newspapers, classified and specialty publications: Properties owned for entire period ....................... $ 23,927 $ 22,711 $ 21,750 Acquired since September 30, 1995 ........................ 46,363 3,072 485 Commercial printing: Properties owned for entire period ....................... 13,858 14,351 14,354 Acquired since September 30, 1995 ........................ 947 Products delivered outside the newspaper: Properties owned for entire period ....................... 11,650 9,928 9,443 Acquired since September 30, 1995 ........................ 17 59 Editorial service contracts ................................. 8,368 7,976 7,567 ------------------------------ $105,130 $ 58,097 $ 53,599 ==============================
The following table sets forth the percentage of revenue of certain items in the publishing segment. 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------ Revenue .................................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% ------------------------ Compensation costs ......................................... 35.1 34.0 33.8 Newsprint and ink .......................................... 10.7 9.7 12.7 Other operating expenses ................................... 23.1 23.4 23.6 ------------------------ 68.9 67.1 70.1 ------------------------ Income before depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes 31.1 32.9 29.9 Depreciation and amortization .............................. 6.5 5.0 4.9 ------------------------ Operating margin wholly-owned properties ................... 24.6% 27.9% 25.0% ========================
Exclusive of the effects of acquisitions, in 1998 costs other than depreciation and amortization increased 5.2%. Newsprint and ink costs increased 12.2% due to higher prices for newsprint and greater consumption. Compensation cost increased 5.3% due to an increase in average compensation and hours worked. Other operating costs increased 2.1%. Exclusive of the effects of the 1997 acquisitions, in 1997 costs other than depreciation and amortization decreased (.5%). Newsprint and ink costs decreased (20.9%) due to lower prices for newsprint. Prices were lower in all four quarters of 1997 as compared to the same quarters of 1996; however, after decreases in the first and second quarters, prices increased in the third and fourth quarters of 1997. Newsprint consumption was flat in 1997 as compared to 1996. Compensation costs increased 4.4% as a result of salary increases. Other operating costs increased 3.7% due to normal inflationary increases. Exclusive of the effects of the 1995 acquisitions, in 1996 costs other than depreciation and amortization increased 3%. Newsprint and ink costs increased 9.4% due to price increases for newsprint. High prices during the first two quarters of the fiscal year stabilized during the third quarter and were lower in the fourth quarter of 1996 than the fourth quarter of 1995. Newsprint consumption was flat in 1996 as compared to 1995, as higher consumption for commercial printing was offset by conservation efforts by the newspapers. Compensation costs increased 4% due primarily to salary increases. Other operating costs did not increase significantly. BROADCASTING 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------- (Dollars in Thousands) Operating revenue ...... $126,032 $120,489 $117,797 Percent change ...... 4.6% 2.3% 17.1% Operating income ....... 24,948 22,262 22,953 Percent change ...... 12.1% (3.0)% (14.8)% Operating margin ....... 19.8% 18.5% 19.5% Revenue for 1998 increased $5,543,000, 4.6%. Local/regional/national revenue increased $6,834,000 due to winter Olympics advertising in the second quarter and improved rates realized. Political advertising decreased $1,063,000. Production revenues and revenues from other sources were flat. Revenue for 1997 increased $2,692,000, 2.3%. Local/regional/national revenue increased $1,342,000 while political advertising decreased $244,000. Production revenue increased $562,000 due to the addition of a second mobile production facility at MIRA Productions in Portland, Oregon, and revenues from other services increased $913,000. In 1996, exclusive of acquisitions, operating revenue decreased (.6%). Local/regional/national revenue decreased $2,600,000, due to softness in automotive and retail spot buying. Political advertising increased $1,000,000. Production revenue increased $760,000, primarily due to a new mobile production facility at MIRA Productions in Portland, Oregon. The following table sets forth the percentage of revenue of certain items in the broadcasting segment. 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------ Revenue .................................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% ------------------------ Compensation costs ......................................... 40.9 41.8 39.5 Programming costs .......................................... 6.6 6.6 7.9 Other operating expenses ................................... 23.6 23.4 22.6 ------------------------ 71.1 71.8 70.0 ------------------------ Income before depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes 28.9 28.2 30.0 Depreciation and amortization .............................. 9.1 9.7 10.5 ------------------------ Operating margin wholly-owned properties ................... 19.8% 18.5% 19.5% ========================
Operating income increased in 1998 by $2,686,000. Compensation costs increased $1,092,000, 2.2% due to an increase in the average hourly rate which offset a decrease in the number of hours worked. Programming costs increased by $462,000, 5.8% due to an increase in the cost of syndicated programs. Other operating expense increased $1,477,000, 5.2% due to increased costs for promotion, audience ratings services, and bad debt expense when two advertisers filed for bankruptcy. Operating income decreased in 1997 by $691,000. Compensation costs increased $3,898,000, 8.4% due to an increase in the number of hours worked and an increase in the average hourly rate. Programming costs decreased by $1,344,000, (14.5%), due to decreased amortization from programs amortized on an accelerated basis offset in part by a $400,000 write-down of programming at KMAZ-TV El Paso due to the January 1998 conversion to a Telemundo affiliate providing Spanish language programming. Other operating expense increased 5.8% due to the rental of two news helicopters in 1997 and increased outside services. The primary driver of the outside services increase is MIRA Productions, which uses contract labor and rental equipment for special projects. Exclusive of the effects of acquisitions, operating income decreased by $6,500,000 or 23.8% in 1996. Compensation costs increased by 5.1% primarily due to a 6.9% increase in hours worked, mainly due to expanded operations at our New Mexico locations. Programming costs increased by $2,000,000, 31.8% as a result of the addition of highly-rated syndicated programming and the write-down of certain programming to net realizable value. Other operating costs increased 4.2% due to higher expenditures for repairs and maintenance and sales and audience promotion. CORPORATE Corporate costs in 1998 decreased by $105,000, (.7%). Reductions in financial system installation costs, incentive compensation, and donations were offset by increases in depreciation and other expenses. Corporate costs in 1997 increased by $3,800,000, 35.1% as a result of increased marketing costs and the enhancement of computer software. Corporate costs in 1996 decreased by $1,300,000, (10.4%) primarily due to decreased levels of incentive compensation and lower medical plan costs resulting from a 1995 plan redesign. INTEREST EXPENSE Interest expense increased by approximately $6,300,000 in 1998 due to borrowings to finance The Pacific Northwest Group acquisition. Interest expense decreased by approximately $1,300,000 in 1997 and $2,300,000 in 1996. The most significant element of the decreases was a lower debt level which reduced interest expense by approximately $1,500,000 and $2,400,000, respectively, in 1997 and 1996. Interest on deferred compensation arrangements for executives and others is offset by financial income earned on the invested funds held in trust. Financial income and interest expense increased by $24,000, $1,700,000, and $600,000 in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively, as a result of these arrangements. INCOME TAXES Income taxes were 37.8% of pretax income in 1998, 38.0% in 1997, and 38.8% in 1996. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On January 17, 1997, the Company consummated the sale of the capital stock of its graphic arts products subsidiary, NAPP Systems Inc., for approximately $55,900,000, net of selling expenses. The results for NAPP Systems Inc.'s operations have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the consolidated statements of income. The assets and liabilities of discontinued operations have been classified in the consolidated balance sheet as "net assets of discontinued operations" as of September 30, 1996. For the year ended September 30, 1996 the Company recorded an after-tax charge of $15,948,000 which included estimated earnings and dividends through the closing date. For the year ended September 30, 1997, the Company recorded an after-tax gain of $1,485,000 due to higher than estimated earnings and dividends through the closing date. For additional information related to the disposition, see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8, herein. LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND COMMITMENTS Cash provided by operations totaled $100,739,000 in 1998. The Company has $50,000,000 available under a revolving credit arrangement with banks which expires in 2003. The major sources and uses of cash in 1998 were as follows: (In Thousands) Sources of cash: Operations ................................................... $100,739 Long-term borrowings ......................................... 185,000 All other .................................................... 2,256 -------- 287,995 -------- Uses of cash: Acquisitions ................................................. 11,944 Purchase of property and equipment ........................... 26,725 Cash dividends paid .......................................... 25,160 Purchase of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated stock .............. 51,388 Payment of debt .............................................. 170,000 -------- 285,217 -------- Increase in cash .................................. $ 2,778 ======== The Company generally finances significant acquisitions by long-term borrowings. Recurring capital expenditures for new and improved facilities and equipment are expected to be about $20,000,000 in 1999. The FCC has required implementation of digital television ("DTV") service which includes high definition television systems. Implementation of DTV service will impose substantial additional costs on television stations to provide the new service due to increased equipment costs. KOIN-TV in Portland, Oregon is required by the FCC to broadcast a digital TV signal by November 1999. The Company has plans to spend approximately $2,000,000 in fiscal 1999 for DTV conversion. The Company has not completed its assessment of the balance of the capital expenditures required or the benefits to the Company of converting to DTV. Consequently, the Company cannot at this time predict the impact this conversion will have on liquidity, capital resources, and results of operations. The Company also is in the process of building a new production facility for the Journal-Star in Lincoln, Nebraska. The total cost is expected to be approximately $32,000,000 and will be completed in fiscal 2000. Approximately $7,000,000 has been spent through September 30, 1998 on this project and spending in fiscal 1999 is expected to be approximately $14,000,000. Also the Company intends to spend approximately $2,000,000 in fiscal 1999 for expanded commercial printing facilities. The Company anticipates that funds necessary for capital expenditures and other requirements will be available from internally generated funds and the Company's revolving credit agreements. DIVIDENDS AND COMMON STOCK PRICES The current quarterly cash dividend is 15 cents per share, an annual rate of 60 cents. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, the Company paid dividends of $25,160,000 or 40.1% of 1998's earnings from continuing operations. The Company will continue to review its dividend policy to assure that it remains consistent with its capital demands. Covenants under borrowing arrangements are not considered restrictive to payment of dividends. Lee Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The table under Item 5 herein shows the high and low prices of Lee Common Stock for each quarter during the past three years. It also shows the closing price at the end of each quarter and the dividends paid in the quarter. INFLATION The net effect of inflation on operations has not been material in the last several years because of efforts by the Company to lessen the effect of rising costs through a strategy of improving productivity, controlling costs and, where conditions permit, increasing selling prices. EMERGING ACCOUNTING STANDARDS In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income" and Statement No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information". Statement No. 130 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income in financial statements. Statement No. 131 expands certain reporting and disclosure requirements for segments from current standards. The Statements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and the Company does not expect the adoption of these new standards to result in material changes to previously reported amounts or disclosures. YEAR 2000 The Year 2000 Issue concerns the inability of information technology (IT) systems and equipment utilizing microprocessors to recognize and process date-sensitive information after 1999 due to the use of only the last two digits to refer to a year. This problem could affect both computer software and hardware and other equipment that relies on microprocessors. Management has completed a company-wide evaluation of this impact on its IT systems. Evaluation of date-sensitive publishing equipment is expected to be complete by December 31, 1998 with the evaluation of broadcasting equipment expected to be complete by March 31, 1999. Renovation and testing have been completed on all significant IT systems that utilize company-developed software that were not Year 2000 compliant with the exception of the newspaper advertising system. That system has been renovated and is currently being tested. Installation of the renovated advertising system is scheduled to be complete by January 31, 1999. The Company has received representations that significant software developed by others is Year 2000 compliant. Testing of these systems is expected to be complete by March 31, 1999. Installation of a new Year 2000-compliant financial system is approximately 70% complete and is planned to be complete by July 31, 1999. Testing of computer hardware for IT systems is approximately 90% complete. Renovation efforts and testing of systems/equipment are expected to be complete by June 30, 1999. The Company will monitor the progress of material vendors and suppliers whose uninterrupted delivery of product or service is material to the production or distribution of our print and broadcast products in their efforts to become Year 2000 compliant. Material vendors and suppliers include electric utilities, telecommunications, news and content providers, television networks, other television programming suppliers, the U.S. Postal Service, and financial institutions. From September 30, 1994 through September 30, 1998, the Company has spent approximately $500,000 to address Year 2000 issues for IT systems (exclusive of the cost of the new financial, newspaper production and other systems that were scheduled to be replaced before the year 2000 for reasons other than Year 2000 compliance). Total costs to address Year 2000 issues for IT systems are currently estimated to be less than $1,000,000 and consist primarily of staff and consultant costs. Year 2000 remediation will require the replacement of telephone switches and software at a cost of $600,000 to $1,000,000. Through September 30, 1998 approximately $300,000 had been spent for new telephone equipment. An estimate of the cost of replacement of newspaper and broadcasting equipment will be available after the completion of the evaluations described above. Funds for these costs are expected to be provided by the operating cash flows or bank line of credit of the Company. The Company could be faced with severe consequences if Year 2000 issues are not identified and resolved in a timely manner by the Company and material third-parties. A worst-case scenario would result in the short-term inability of the Company to produce/distribute newspapers or broadcast television programming due to unresolved Year 2000 issues. This would result in lost revenues; however, the amount would be dependent on the length and nature of the disruption, which cannot be predicted or estimated. In light of the possible consequences, the Company is devoting the resources needed to address Year 2000 issues in a timely manner. Management monitors the progress of the Company's Year 2000 efforts and provides update reports to the audit committee of the Board of Directors at each meeting. While management expects a successful resolution of these issues, there can be no guarantee that material third-parties, on which the Company relies, will address all Year 2000 issues on a timely basis or that their failure to successfully address all issues would not have an adverse effect on the Company. The Company is in the process of reviewing its existing contingency plans in case business interruptions do occur. Management expects the review of these plans to be complete by June 30, 1999. QUARTERLY RESULTS The Company's largest source of publishing revenue, local run-of-press advertising, is seasonal and tends to fluctuate with retail sales in markets served. Historically, local run-of-press advertising is higher in the first and third quarters. Newspaper classified advertising revenue (which includes real estate and automobile ads) and broadcasting revenue are lowest in January and February, which are included in our second fiscal quarter. Quarterly results of operations are summarized under Item 8, herein. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS September 30, ---------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ---------------------------- (Dollars in Thousands) ASSETS Current Assets: Cash and cash equivalents ................................ $ 16,941 $ 14,163 $ 19,267 Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts 1998 $4,110; 1997 $4,600; 1996 $4,000 ........................................... 60,443 56,960 48,773 Receivables from associated companies .................... 1,437 1,437 1,438 Inventories .............................................. 3,878 3,716 3,668 Program rights and other ................................. 16,892 17,691 17,183 Net assets of discontinued operations .................... - - - - 56,379 ---------------------------- Total current assets .......................... 99,591 93,967 146,708 ---------------------------- Investments: Associated companies ..................................... 14,107 12,185 11,488 Other .................................................... 12,364 12,506 10,668 ---------------------------- 26,471 24,691 22,156 ---------------------------- Property and Equipment: Land and improvements .................................... 13,856 12,994 10,140 Buildings and improvements ............................... 65,945 64,937 57,995 Equipment ................................................ 219,491 194,510 173,752 ---------------------------- 299,292 272,441 241,887 Less accumulated depreciation ............................ 170,920 152,415 137,182 ---------------------------- 128,372 120,026 104,705 ---------------------------- Intangibles and Other Assets: Intangibles .............................................. 398,111 404,481 246,061 Other .................................................... 8,040 7,798 7,786 ---------------------------- 406,151 412,279 253,847 ---------------------------- $660,585 $650,963 $527,416 ============================
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. September 30, -------------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 -------------------------------- (Dollars In Thousands) LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current Liabilities: Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt .................................................. $ 33,453 $177,561 $ 43,213 Accounts payable ......................................... 14,277 23,429 15,369 Compensation and other accruals .......................... 26,966 27,324 20,419 Income taxes payable ..................................... 6,475 4,754 4,738 Unearned income .......................................... 16,890 15,840 14,038 -------------------------------- Total current liabilities ..................... 98,061 248,908 97,777 -------------------------------- Long-Term Debt, net of current maturities ................... 186,028 26,174 52,290 -------------------------------- Deferred Items: Retirement and compensation .............................. 13,117 13,948 11,611 Income taxes ............................................. 43,620 42,543 40,784 -------------------------------- 56,737 56,491 52,395 -------------------------------- Stockholders' Equity: Capital stock: Serial convertible preferred, no par value; authorized 500,000 shares; issued none Common, $2 par value; authorized 60,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 1998 32,572,000 shares .............................. 65,144 66,719 68,578 Class B, common, $2 par value; authorized 30,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 1998 11,778,000 shares .............................. 23,556 24,298 25,466 Additional paid-in capital ............................... 28,715 25,629 20,189 Unearned compensation .................................... (650) (493) (637) Retained earnings ........................................ 202,994 203,237 211,358 -------------------------------- 319,759 319,390 324,954 -------------------------------- $660,585 $650,963 $527,416 ================================
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME Year Ended September 30, -------------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 -------------------------------- (In Thousands Except Per Share Data) Operating revenue: Publishing: Daily newspapers: Advertising ............................ $195,852 $179,822 $169,151 Circulation ............................ 81,912 80,522 79,814 Other .................................... 105,130 58,097 53,599 Broadcasting ................................ 126,032 120,489 117,797 Equity in net income of associated companies 8,367 7,756 7,008 -------------------------------- 517,293 446,686 427,369 -------------------------------- Operating expenses: Compensation costs .......................... 192,755 165,547 153,076 Newsprint and ink ........................... 41,165 30,906 38,535 Depreciation ................................ 19,662 17,175 16,236 Amortization of intangibles ................. 17,914 11,129 11,563 Other ....................................... 132,950 117,778 113,218 -------------------------------- 404,446 342,535 332,628 -------------------------------- Operating income ................. 112,847 104,151 94,741 -------------------------------- Financial (income) expense: Interest expense ............................ 14,611 8,321 9,648 Financial (income) .......................... (1,896) (5,392) (2,609) -------------------------------- 12,715 2,929 7,039 -------------------------------- Income from continuing operations before taxes on income ........... 100,132 101,222 87,702 Income taxes ................................... 37,899 38,477 34,032 -------------------------------- Income from continuing operations 62,233 62,745 53,670 -------------------------------- Discontinued operations: Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax effect ........................ - - - - 7,725 Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of income tax effect ..... - - 1,485 (15,948) -------------------------------- - - 1,485 (8,223) -------------------------------- Net income ....................... $ 62,233 $ 64,230 $ 45,447 ================================ Earnings per share: Basic: Income from continuing operations ........ $ 1.39 $ 1.35 $ 1.14 Income (loss) from discontinued operations - - 0.03 (0.17) -------------------------------- Net income ....................... $ 1.39 $ 1.38 $ 0.97 ================================ Diluted: Income from continuing operations ........ $ 1.37 $ 1.33 $ 1.12 Income (loss) from discontinued operations - - 0.03 (0.17) -------------------------------- Net income ....................... $ 1.37 $ 1.36 $ 0.95 ================================
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Year Ended September 30, -------------------------------------------------------------------- Amount Shares -------------------------------- ------------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996 -------------------------------- ------------------------------- (In Thousands Except Per Share Data) Common Stock: Balance, beginning .......... $ 66,719 $ 68,578 $ 68,396 33,359 34,289 34,198 Conversion from Class B Common Stock ........... 649 1,131 862 325 565 431 Shares issued ............ 286 474 404 143 237 202 Shares reacquired ........ (2,510) (3,464) (1,084) (1,255) (1,732) (542) -------------------------------- ------------------------------- Balance, ending ............. $ 65,144 $ 66,719 $ 68,578 32,572 33,359 34,289 ================================ =============================== Class B Common Stock: Balance, beginning .......... $ 24,298 $ 25,466 $ 26,336 12,149 12,733 13,168 Conversion to Common Stock .................. (649) (1,131) (862) (325) (565) (431) Shares reacquired ........ (93) (37) (8) (46) (19) (4) -------------------------------- ------------------------------- Balance, ending ............. $ 23,556 $ 24,298 $ 25,466 11,778 12,149 12,733 ================================ =============================== Additional Paid-In Capital: Balance, beginning .......... $ 25,629 $ 20,189 $ 17,404 Shares issued ............ 3,086 5,440 2,785 -------------------------------- Balance, ending ............. $ 28,715 $ 25,629 $ 20,189 ================================ Unearned Compensation: Balance, beginning .......... $ (493) $ (637) $ (533) Restricted shares issued . (714) (405) (637) Restricted shares canceled 7 59 4 Amortization ............. 550 490 529 -------------------------------- Balance, ending ............. $ (650) $ (493) $ (637) ================================ Retained Earnings: Balance, beginning .......... $203,237 $211,358 $199,439 Net income ............... 62,233 64,230 45,447 Cash dividends per share 1998 $.56; 1997 $.52; 1996 $.48; ............. (25,160) (24,173) (22,603) Shares reacquired ........ (37,316) (48,178) (10,925) -------------------------------- Balance, ending ............. $202,994 $203,237 $211,358 ================================ Stockholders' Equity ........... $319,759 $319,390 $324,954 44,350 45,508 47,022 ================================ ===============================
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Year Ended September 30, -------------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 -------------------------------- (In Thousands) Cash Provided by Operating Activities: Net income ........................................ $ 62,233 $ 64,230 $ 45,447 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization .................. 37,576 29,581 32,159 (Gain) loss on disposition of discontinued operations ................................... (1,985) 14,563 Distributions less than earnings of associated companies .................................... (1,922) (696) (734) Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects from business acquisitions: (Increase) in receivables .................... (3,131) (2,817) (1,347) Decrease in inventories, program rights and other .................................... 1,427 1,552 768 Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and unearned income ..... 2,370 3,144 (9,446) Increase in income taxes payable ............. 1,721 516 2,067 Other, primarily deferred items .............. 465 4,021 4,066 -------------------------------- Net cash provided by operating activities ............................. 100,739 97,546 87,543 -------------------------------- Cash (Required for) Investing Activities: Acquisitions ...................................... (11,944) (188,689) - - Purchase of property and equipment ................ (26,725) (16,342) (18,796) Purchase of temporary investments ................. - - - - (200) Proceeds from maturities of temporary investments .................................... - - - - 400 Proceeds from sale of subsidiary .................. - - 54,795 - - Other ............................................. (952) (1,838) (2,089) -------------------------------- Net cash (required for) investing activities ............................. (39,621) (152,074) (20,685) -------------------------------- Cash Provided by (Required for) Financing Activities: Purchase of common stock .......................... (51,388) (41,055) (11,917) Cash dividends paid ............................... (25,160) (24,173) (22,603) Proceeds from long-term borrowings ................ 185,000 - - - - Proceeds from (payments on) short-term notes payable, net ............................. (145,000) 130,000 - - Principal payments on long-term borrowings ........ (25,000) (21,219) (26,209) Other ............................................. 3,208 5,871 2,455 -------------------------------- Net cash provided by (required for) financing activities ................... $(58,340) $ 49,424 $(58,274) -------------------------------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ............................ $ 2,778 $ (5,104) $ 8,584 Cash and cash equivalents: Beginning ......................................... 14,163 19,267 10,683 -------------------------------- Ending ............................................ $ 16,941 $ 14,163 $ 19,267 ================================
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1. Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies Nature of business: The Company has two principal businesses: publishing and broadcasting. As of September 30, 1998, operating divisions and associated companies publish twenty-one daily and eleven weekly newspapers, forty-one classified and twenty-seven specialty publications, and operate nine full-service network-affiliated television stations and seven satellite television stations. Significant accounting policies: Accounting estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany items have been eliminated. INVENTORIES: Newsprint inventories are priced at the lower of cost or market with cost being determined primarily by the last-in, first-out method. Newsprint inventories as of September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 were less than replacement cost by $4,815,000, $4,856,000, and $5,087,000, respectively. PROGRAM RIGHTS: Cost of program rights is stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. The total cost of the rights is recorded as an asset and a liability when the program becomes available for broadcast. Cost of program rights is charged to operations primarily on accelerated bases related to the usage of the program. The current portion of program rights represents those rights that will be amortized in the succeeding year. INVESTMENTS: Investments in the common stock or joint venture capital of associated companies are reported at cost plus the Company's share of undistributed earnings since acquisition, less amortization of intangibles. Long-term loans to associated companies are included in investments in associated companies. Other investments primarily consist of various securities held in trust under a deferred compensation arrangement. These investments are classified as trading securities and carried at fair value with gains and losses reported in the consolidated statements of income. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: Property and equipment is carried at cost. Equipment, except for printing presses and broadcast towers, is depreciated primarily by declining-balance methods. The straight-line method is used for all other assets. The estimated useful lives in years are as follows: Years -------------- Buildings and improvements 5-25 Publishing: Printing presses 15-20 Other major equipment 3-11 Broadcasting: Towers 15-20 Other major equipment 3-10 The Company capitalizes interest as part of the cost of constructing major facilities. INTANGIBLES: Intangibles include covenants not to compete, consulting agreements, customer lists, broadcast licenses and agreements, newspaper subscriber lists, and the excess costs over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. The excess costs over fair value of net tangible assets include $21,510,000 incurred prior to October 31, 1970, which is not being amortized. Excess costs related to specialty publications are being amortized over 10 to 15 year periods. Intangibles, representing non-compete covenants, consulting agreements, customer lists, broadcast licenses and agreements, and newspaper subscriber lists are being amortized over periods of 3 to 40 years. The remaining costs are being amortized over a period of 40 years. All intangibles are amortized by the straight-line method. The Company reviews its intangibles and other long-lived assets annually to determine potential impairment. In performing the review, the Company estimates the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment is recognized. The amount of impairment is measured based upon projected discounted future cash flows using a discount rate reflecting the Company's average cost of funds. Unearned income: Unearned income arises as a normal part of business from advance subscription payments for newspapers. Revenue is recognized in the period in which it is earned. ADVERTISING costs: Advertising costs, which are not material, are expensed as incurred. INCOME TAXES: Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. EARNINGS PER SHARE: In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 128 "Earnings Per Share". Statement No. 128 replaced the previously reported primary and fully diluted earnings per share with basic and diluted earnings per share. Unlike primary earnings per share, basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effects of options, warrants, and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share is very similar to the previously reported fully diluted earnings per share. All earnings per share amounts for all periods have been presented, and where necessary, restated to conform to Statement No. 128 requirements. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: For the purpose of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. RESTRICTED STOCK: The Company amortizes as compensation cost the value of restricted stock, issued under a long-term incentive plan, by the straight-line method over the three year restriction period. Note 2. Discontinued Operations On January 17, 1997 the Company sold the capital stock of its graphic arts products subsidiary, NAPP Systems Inc., for approximately $55,900,000, net of selling expenses. The results for NAPP Systems Inc.'s operations have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the consolidated statements of income. The assets and liabilities of discontinued operations have been classified in the consolidated balance sheet as "net assets of discontinued operations" as of September 30, 1996. Summary operating results of discontinued operations are as follows: 1997 1996 ------------------ (In Thousands) Revenue ...................................... $ - - $65,552 Costs and expenses ........................... - - 51,040 ------------------ Income before income taxes ................... - - 14,512 Provision for income taxes ................... - - 6,787 ------------------ Income, net of tax ............. - - 7,725 ------------------ Gain (loss) on disposition before income taxes 1,985 (14,563) Provision for income taxes ................... 500 1,385 ------------------ Gain (loss) on disposition ..... 1,485 (15,948) ------------------ Income (loss) from discontinued operations ..................... $ 1,485 $(8,223) ================== Net assets of discontinued operations as of September 30, 1996 are as follows (in thousands): Accounts receivable, net ...................................... $ 9,720 Inventories ................................................... 12,606 Other ......................................................... 206 Property and equipment, net ................................... 4,996 Intangibles, net .............................................. 52,777 ------- Total ........................................... 80,305 ------- Accrued loss on disposal ...................................... 14,563 Deferred income taxes ......................................... 1,104 Other liabilities ............................................. 6,683 Long-term debt ................................................ 1,427 Deferred compensation ......................................... 149 ------- 23,926 ------- Net assets of discontinued operations ...................................... $56,379 ======= Note 3. Acquisitions On September 8, 1997, the Company acquired, for cash, 100% of the outstanding stock of Southern Utah Media, Inc. (now known as The Pacific Northwest Publishing Group, Inc.), Oregon News Media, Inc., and Nevada Media, Inc. (collectively referred to as The Pacific Northwest Group). The Pacific Northwest Group publishes daily and weekly newspapers and classified publications. The total acquisition cost was $186,253,000. The excess of the total acquisition cost, over the fair value of the net assets acquired, was $166,916,000. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase, and the results of operations of The Pacific Northwest Group since the date of acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements. Unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the year ended September 30, 1997, as though The Pacific Northwest Group had been acquired as of October 1, 1996 follows: Year Ended September 30, 1997 ---------------- (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Operating revenue $494,764 Income from continuing operations 59,703 Earnings per share, continuing operations: Basic 1.29 Diluted 1.26 The above amounts reflect adjustments for amortization of intangibles, additional depreciation on revalued purchased assets, and imputed interest on borrowed funds. The Company also acquired five classified or specialty publications and one commercial printer in 1998 and five classified or specialty publications in 1997. The purchase price of business acquisitions was allocated as follows: Year Ended September 30, -------------------- 1998 1997 -------------------- (In Thousands) Noncash working capital acquired ............ $ 377 $ 2,897 Property and equipment ...................... 1,326 16,278 Intangibles ................................. 11,485 169,554 Other long-term assets ...................... - - 10 Issuance of note payable .................... (1,194) (50) Deferred items .............................. (50) - - -------------------- Total cash purchase price ..... $ 11,944 $188,689 ==================== Note 4. Investments in Associated Companies The Company has a 50% ownership interest in Madison Newspapers, Inc., a newspaper publishing company operating in Madison, Wisconsin, and interests in other ventures, including marketing and Internet services. Summarized financial information of the associated companies is as follows: Combined Associates 1998 1997 1996 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ (In Thousands) ASSETS Current assets .......................................... $25,867 $23,854 $23,470 Investments and other assets ............................ 5,966 5,700 3,912 Property and equipment, net ............................. 10,204 9,730 6,741 ------------------------- $42,037 $39,284 $34,123 ========================= LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities ..................................... $14,510 $14,792 $11,778 Long-term debt .......................................... 661 435 515 Stockholders' equity .................................... 26,866 24,057 21,830 ------------------------- $42,037 $39,284 $34,123 ========================= Revenue ................................................. $85,436 $79,677 $73,016 Income before depreciation, amortization, interest, and income taxes ..................................... 29,434 26,895 23,663 Operating income ........................................ 26,553 24,732 21,962 Net income .............................................. 16,738 15,517 14,016
Receivables from associated companies consist of dividends. Certain information relating to Company investments in these associated companies is as follows: 1998 1997 1996 ----------------------------- (In Thousands) Share of: Stockholders' equity ............ $13,433 $12,028 $10,915 Undistributed earnings .......... 13,281 11,568 10,574 Note 5. Debt The Company has a $50,000,000 unsecured revolving loan agreement with a bank group which expires in 2003. Interest rates float at rates specified in the agreement. There were no borrowings under this agreement at September 30, 1998. The Company has long-term obligations, net of current maturities, as follows: September 30, ----------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ----------------------------- (In Thousands) Insurance companies senior notes payable, 6.14% to 6.64%, due in varying amounts from 2001 to 2013 .................................... $185,000 $ - - $ - - Insurance company senior notes payable, effective rate of 9.96%, $25,000,000 due January 1999 ..................................... - - 25,000 50,000 Program contracts, noninterest bearing, due through 2002 ......................................... 1,028 1,174 2,290 ----------------------------- $186,028 $ 26,174 $ 52,290 =============================
Aggregate maturities during the next five years are $33,453,000, $689,000, $11,814,000, $11,725,000, and $11,600,000. Covenants under these agreements are not considered restrictive to normal operations or anticipated stockholder dividends. Note 6. Retirement and Compensation Plans Substantially all the Company's employees are covered by a qualified defined contribution retirement plan. The Company has other retirement and compensation plans for executives and others. Retirement and compensation plan costs, including interest on deferred compensation costs, charged to operations were $10,400,000 in 1998, $10,300,000 in 1997, and $11,200,000 in 1996. Note 7. Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Class B Common Stock has ten votes per share on all matters and generally votes as a class with Common Stock (which has one vote per share). The transfer of Class B Common Stock is restricted; however, Class B Common Stock is at all times convertible into shares of Common Stock on a share-for-share basis. Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have identical rights with respect to cash dividends and upon liquidation. All outstanding Class B Common Stock converts to Common Stock when the shares of Class B Common Stock total less than 5,600,000 shares. On May 7, 1998, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan (Plan). Under the Plan, the Board declared a dividend of one Preferred Share Purchase Right (Right) for each outstanding Common and Class B Common share (Common Shares) of the Company. The Rights are attached to and automatically trade with the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Rights will become exercisable only in the event that any person or group of affiliated persons becomes a holder of 20% or more of the Company's outstanding Common Shares, or commences a tender or exchange offer which, if consummated, would result in that person or group of affiliated persons owning at least 20% of the Company's outstanding Common Shares. Once the Rights become exercisable, they entitle all other shareholders to purchase, by payment of a $150 exercise price, one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment, with a value of twice the exercise price. In addition, at any time after a 20% position is acquired and prior to the acquisition of a 50% position, the Board of Directors may require, in whole or in part, each outstanding Right (other than Rights held by the acquiring person or group of affiliated persons) to be exchanged for one share of Common Stock or one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. The Rights may be redeemed at a price of $0.001 per Right at any time prior to their expiration on May 31, 2008. Note 8. Stock Option, Restricted Stock, and Stock Purchase Plans At September 30, 1998, the Company has three stock-based compensation plans which are described below. As permitted under generally accepted accounting principles, grants under those plans are accounted for following APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for grants under the stock option or the stock purchase plans. Had compensation costs for all of the stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the grant date fair values of awards (the method described in FASB Statement No. 123), reported net income and earnings per common share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts shown below: 1998 1997 1996 ----------------------------- (Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Net income: As reported ............ $62,233 $64,230 $45,447 Pro forma .............. 60,945 63,180 44,919 Earnings per share: Basic: As reported ......... 1.39 1.38 0.97 Pro forma ........... 1.36 1.36 0.96 Diluted: As reported ......... 1.37 1.36 0.95 Pro forma ........... 1.34 1.34 0.94 The pro forma effects of applying Statement No. 123 are not indicative of future amounts since, among other reasons, the pro forma requirements of the Statement have been applied only to options granted after October 1, 1995. Stock option and restricted stock plans: The Company has reserved 5,729,000 shares of common stock for issuance to key employees under incentive and nonstatutory stock option plans and a restricted stock plan approved by stockholders. Options have been granted at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, and are exercisable in cumulative installments over a ten year period. The fair value of each grant is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for grants in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively: dividend rates of 1.95%, 2.22%, and 2.22%; price volatility of 14.5%, 16.5%, and 19.5%; risk-free interest rates based upon the life of the option ranging from 5.29% to 5.77%, 5.89% to 6.67%, and 5.46% to 6.55%; and expected lives based upon the life of the option ranging from 2.5 to 8 years. A summary of the stock option plans is as follows: Number of Shares -------------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 -------------------------------- (In Thousands) Under option, beginning of year ......... 1,509 2,279 2,220 Granted .............................. 190 155 241 Terminated and canceled .............. (5) (8) (3) Exercised ............................ (203) (917) (179) ------------------------------- Under option, end of year ............... 1,491 1,509 2,279 =============================== Options exercisable, end of year ........ 978 1,192 1,861 =============================== Average Price --------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 --------------------------- Granted during the year ................ $ 27.18 $ 22.20 $ 19.96 Exercised during the year .............. 15.88 13.64 12.64 Under option, end of year .............. 17.15 15.82 14.52 Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted ........... 6.95 5.71 5.47 A further summary of options outstanding as of September 30, 1998 is as follows: Options Outstanding ----------------------------------------- Weighted- Options Exercisable Average ---------------------------- Number Remaining Weighted- Number Weighted- Outstanding Contractual Average Exercisable Average Range of (In Life Exercise (In Exercise Exercise Prices Thousands) (In Years) Price Thousands) Price ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $11 to $14 353 2.7 $ 11.01 353 $ 11.01 $15 to $20 821 4.6 16.76 589 16.13 $20 to $22 124 7.4 21.46 14 21.19 $25 to $29 175 9.0 26.64 4 27.36 $30 to $34 18 4.2 32.36 18 32.36 --------------- -------------- 1,491 4.9 17.15 978 14.70 =============== ==============
Restricted stock is subject to an agreement requiring forfeiture by the employee in the event of termination of employment within three years of the grant date for reasons other than normal retirement, death or disability. In 1998, 1997, and 1996, the Company granted 26,000, 18,000, and 32,000, respectively, of restricted stock to employees. As of September 30, 1998, 70,000 shares of restricted stock were outstanding. At September 30, 1998, 4,238,000 shares were available for granting of stock options or issuance of restricted stock. Stock purchase plan: The Company has 1,293,000 additional shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to an employee stock purchase plan. April 30, 1999 is the exercise date for the current offering. The purchase price is the lower of 85% of the fair market value at the date of the grant or the exercise date which is one year from the date of the grant. The weighted-average fair value per share of purchase rights granted in 1998, 1997, and 1996 computed using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model was $6.65, $5.28, and $4.92, respectively. In 1998, 1997, and 1996 employees purchased 95,000, 106,000, and 124,000 shares, respectively, at a per share price of $20.98 in 1998, $19.02 in 1997, and $15.26 in 1996. Note 9. Income Tax Matters Components of income tax expense consist of the following: Year Ended September 30, ------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------- (In Thousands) Paid or payable on currently taxable income: Federal .......................................... $29,943 $32,188 $32,965 State ............................................ 5,525 6,595 6,541 Net increase due to deferred income taxes ........... 2,431 194 2,698 ------------------------- $37,899 $38,977 $42,204 ========================= The total tax provision has been allocated to the following financial statement items: Year Ended September 30, ------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------- (In Thousands) Income from continuing operations ................... $37,899 $38,477 $34,032 Discontinued operations: Income from discontinued operations .............. - - - - 6,787 Disposition of discontinued operations ........... - - 500 1,385 ------------------------- $37,899 $38,977 $42,204 ========================= Income tax expense for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 is different than the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. The reasons for these differences are as follows: % of Pre-Tax Income ------------------------ 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------ Computed "expected" income tax expense ............. 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit ..... 3.9 4.4 4.4 Net income of associated companies taxed at dividend rates ........................................... (2.6) (2.4) (2.5) Goodwill amortization .............................. 1.7 1.7 2.0 Other .............................................. (0.2) (0.7) (0.1) ------------------------ 37.8% 38.0% 38.8% ======================== Foreign taxes are not material. Net deferred tax liabilities consist of the following components as of September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996: 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------- (In Thousands) Deferred tax liabilities: Property and equipment ........................... $ 8,334 $ 9,409 $ 9,054 Equity in undistributed earnings of affiliates ... 1,096 903 897 Deferred gain on sale of broadcast properties .... 3,308 3,308 3,308 Identifiable intangible assets ................... 32,653 32,319 32,409 Other ............................................ 2,981 3,334 2,657 ------------------------- 48,372 49,273 48,325 ------------------------- Deferred tax assets: Accrued compensation ............................. 7,747 7,950 7,290 Receivable allowance ............................. 728 1,976 1,774 Loss carryforwards acquired ...................... 6,774 7,961 9,147 Capital loss carryforward ........................ 8,121 8,425 8,425 Other ............................................ 1,745 2,135 2,155 ------------------------- 25,115 28,447 28,791 Less, valuation allowance ........................ 15,325 15,325 15,325 ------------------------- 9,790 13,122 13,466 ------------------------- $38,582 $36,151 $34,859 ========================= The components giving rise to the net deferred tax liabilities described above have been included in the accompanying balance sheets as of September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 as follows: 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------ (In Thousands) Current assets ................................. $ 5,038 $ 6,392 $ 5,925 Noncurrent liabilities ......................... (43,620) (42,543) (40,784) ----------------------------- $(38,582) $(36,151) $(34,859) ============================= The Company provided a valuation allowance of $8,425,000 during 1996 due to limitations imposed by the tax laws on the Company's ability to realize the benefit of the capital loss carryforward related to the disposal of NAPP Systems Inc. In addition, as a result of the operations of SJL of Kansas Corp. (SJL) management has determined that the valuation allowance related to the acquired operating loss carryforward should be reduced to $6,900,000 from the original reserve of $10,263,000 with a corresponding $3,363,000 reduction to goodwill. As of September 30, 1998 the SJL net operating loss carryforward was approximately $17,150,000 and will expire in varying amounts from 1999 to 2010. Note 10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, temporary investments, receivables, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments. The carrying value of other investments consisting of debt and equity securities in a deferred compensation trust are carried at fair value based upon quoted market prices and $3,818,000 of equity securities, consisting primarily of the Company's 17% ownership of the nonvoting common stock of The Capital Times Company, are carried at cost, as the fair value is not readily determinable. The fair value of the Company's debt is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The estimated fair values of the Company's debt instruments are as follows: Carrying Amount Fair Value -------------------- (In Thousands) September 30: 1998 $219,481 $245,784 1997 203,735 204,603 1996 95,503 97,672 Note 11. Earnings Per Share The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands except per share amounts): Year Ended September 30, ---------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ---------------------------- Numerator: Income applicable to common shares: Income from continuing operations ................. $ 62,233 $ 62,745 $ 53,670 Income (loss) from discontinued operations ........ - - 1,485 (8,223) ---------------------------- $ 62,233 $ 64,230 $ 45,447 ============================ Denominator: Basic-weighted average common shares outstanding ....................................... 44,829 46,393 46,973 Dilutive effect of employee stock options ............ 728 850 926 ---------------------------- Diluted outstanding shares ........................... 45,557 47,243 47,899 ============================ Basic earnings per share: Income from continuing operations .................... $ 1.39 $ 1.35 $ 1.14 Income (loss) from discontinued operations ........... - - 0.03 (0.17) ---------------------------- Net income ................................ $ 1.39 $ 1.38 $ 0.97 ============================ Diluted earnings per share: Income from continuing operations .................... $ 1.37 $ 1.33 $ 1.12 Income (loss) from discontinued operations ........... - - 0.03 (0.17) ---------------------------- Net income ................................ $ 1.37 $ 1.36 $ 0.95 ============================
Note 12. Pending Accounting Changes In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income" and Statement No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information". Statement No. 130 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income in financial statements. Statement No. 131 expands certain reporting and disclosure requirements for segments from current standards. The Statements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and the Company does not expect the adoption of these new standards to result in material changes to previously reported amounts or disclosures. Note 13. Line of Business Information Year Ended September 30, ------------------------------ 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------ (In Thousands) Revenue: Publishing: Wholly-owned properties .................... $382,894 $318,441 $302,564 Equity in net income of associated companies 8,367 7,756 7,008 Broadcasting .................................. 126,032 120,489 117,797 ------------------------------ Total revenue ...................... $517,293 $446,686 $427,369 ============================== Operating income: Publishing .................................... $102,526 $ 96,621 $ 82,695 Broadcasting .................................. 24,948 22,262 22,953 Corporate and other ........................... (14,627) (14,732) (10,907) ------------------------------ Total operating income ............. $112,847 $104,151 $ 94,741 ============================== Identifiable assets: Publishing .................................... $425,825 $413,834 $226,097 Broadcasting .................................. 190,621 195,567 198,441 Graphic arts (discontinued operations) ........ - - - - 56,379 Corporate ..................................... 44,139 41,562 46,499 ------------------------------ Total identifiable assets .......... $660,585 $650,963 $527,416 ============================== Depreciation: Publishing .................................... $ 11,280 $ 9,054 $ 8,063 Broadcasting .................................. 7,259 7,432 7,309 Corporate ..................................... 1,123 689 864 ------------------------------ Total depreciation ................. $ 19,662 $ 17,175 $ 16,236 ============================== Amortization of intangibles: Publishing .................................... $ 13,688 $ 6,902 $ 6,505 Broadcasting .................................. 4,226 4,227 5,058 ------------------------------ Total amortization of intangibles .. $ 17,914 $ 11,129 $ 11,563 ============================== Capital expenditures: Publishing .................................... $ 16,987 $ 8,834 $ 11,018 Broadcasting .................................. 6,825 6,516 6,948 Graphic arts (discontinued operations) ........ - - - - 290 Corporate ..................................... 2,913 992 540 ------------------------------ Total capital expenditures ......... $ 26,725 $ 16,342 $ 18,796 ==============================
Note 14. Other Information Balance sheet information: Program rights and other consist of the following: September 30, ------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------- (In Thousands) Program rights ...................................... $ 8,140 $ 7,020 $ 6,577 Deferred income taxes ............................... 5,038 6,392 5,925 Other ............................................... 3,714 4,279 4,681 ------------------------- $16,892 $17,691 $17,183 ========================= Intangibles consist of the following: September 30, ---------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ---------------------------- (In Thousands) Goodwill ......................................... $332,821 $325,758 $194,746 Less, accumulated amortization ................... 63,584 55,303 50,240 ---------------------------- 269,237 270,455 144,506 ---------------------------- Noncompete covenants and consulting agreements .................................... 28,213 26,314 25,739 Less, accumulated amortization ................... 23,522 21,201 18,859 ---------------------------- 4,691 5,113 6,880 ---------------------------- Customer lists, broadcasting licenses and agreements, and newspaper subscriber lists .... 157,011 154,444 116,472 Less, accumulated amortization ................... 32,828 25,531 21,797 ---------------------------- 124,183 128,913 94,675 ---------------------------- $398,111 $404,481 $246,061 ============================ Compensation and other accruals consist of the following: September 30, ------------------------- 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------- (In Thousands) Compensation ........................................ $12,092 $12,029 $ 8,156 Vacation pay ........................................ 4,384 4,080 3,946 Retirement and stock purchase plans ................. 5,005 4,708 2,930 Interest ............................................ 519 1,639 1,429 Other ............................................... 4,966 4,868 3,958 ------------------------- $26,966 $27,324 $20,419 ========================= Cash flows information: Year Ended September 30, ------------------------------ 1998 1997 1996 ------------------------------ (In Thousands) Cash payments for: Interest, net of capitalized interest 1998 $169 .... $ 15,731 $ 8,111 $ 10,052 ============================== Income taxes ....................................... $ 33,747 $ 40,767 $ 41,021 ============================== Program rights were acquired by issuing long-term contracts as follows ..................... $ 9,017 $ 7,300 $ 7,700 ============================== Issuance of restricted common stock, net .............. $ 682 $ 244 $ 590 ============================== Change in tax contingency estimates: Reduction in goodwill .............................. $ - - $ - - $ 3,363 ============================== Reduction in deferred income taxes ................. $ - - $ - - $ 3,363 ============================== Change in purchase accounting estimates: Reduction in identified intangibles ................ $ - - $ - - $ 8,000 Additional long-term debt .......................... - - - - 16 ------------------------------ $ - - $ - - $ 8,016 ============================== Reduction in deferred income taxes .................... $ - - $ - - $ 2,666 Increase in goodwill .................................. - - - - 4,085 Increase in other long-term assets .................... - - - - 1,265 ------------------------------ $ - - $ - - $ 8,016 ============================== Accounts payable for stock acquired ................... $(10,926) $ 10,926 $ - - ============================== Proceeds from sale of NAPP Systems Inc., net of selling costs ............................... $ - - $ 55,914 $ - - Less cash retained ................................. - - (1,119) - - ------------------------------ Proceeds from sale of subsidiary ........ $ - - $ 54,795 $ - - ==============================
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 4th 3rd 2nd 1st -------------------------------------- (In Thousands Except Per Share Data) 1998 Quarter: Operating revenue ...................... $129,596 $135,093 $121,345 $131,259 ====================================== Net income .................. $ 14,947 $ 18,091 $ 12,611 $ 16,584 ====================================== Earnings per share: Basic ............................... $ 0.34 $ 0.41 $ 0.28 $ 0.37 ====================================== Diluted ............................. $ 0.33 $ 0.40 $ 0.28 $ 0.36 ====================================== 1997 Quarter: Operating revenue ...................... $112,538 $112,693 $101,787 $119,668 ====================================== Income from continuing operations ...... $14,638 $ 17,759 $ 11,240 $ 19,108 Income from discontinued operations .......................... - - 485 1,000 - - -------------------------------------- Net income .................. $ 14,638 $ 18,244 $ 12,240 $ 19,108 ====================================== Earnings per share: Basic: Income from continuing operations . $ 0.32 $ 0.38 $ 0.24 $ 0.41 Income from discontinued operations - - 0.01 0.02 - - -------------------------------------- Net income .................. $ 0.32 $ 0.39 $ 0.26 $ 0.41 ====================================== Diluted: Income from continuing operations . $ 0.31 $ 0.38 $ 0.24 $ 0.40 Income from discontinued operations - - 0.01 0.02 - - -------------------------------------- Net income .................. $ 0.31 $ 0.39 $ 0.26 $ 0.40 ====================================== 1996 Quarter: Operating revenue ...................... $107,129 $109,499 $ 99,960 $110,781 ====================================== Income from continuing operations ...... $ 14,513 $ 15,381 $ 9,084 $ 14,692 Income from discontinued operations .... (12,856) 1,664 1,721 1,248 -------------------------------------- Net income .................. $ 1,657 $ 17,045 $ 10,805 $ 15,940 ====================================== Earnings per share: Basic: Income from continuing operations . $ 0.31 $ 0.33 $ 0.19 $ 0.31 Income (loss) from discontinued operations .................... (0.27) 0.03 0.04 0.03 -------------------------------------- Net income .................. $ 0.04 $ 0.36 $ 0.23 $ 0.34 ====================================== Diluted: Income from continuing operations . $ 0.30 $ 0.32 $ 0.19 $ 0.30 Income (loss) from discontinued operations .................... (0.27) 0.04 0.04 0.03 -------------------------------------- Net income .................. $ 0.03 $ 0.36 $ 0.23 $ 0.33 ======================================
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Not applicable. PART III The information called for by Part III of this Form 10-K is omitted in accordance with General Instruction G because the Company will file with the Commission a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the close of the Company's fiscal year ended September 30, 1998. PART IV Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K Page Number ----------- (a) 1. Financial Statements Independent Auditor's Report and Consent Financial Statements Consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 Consolidated statements of income years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 Consolidated statements of cash flows years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 Notes to consolidated financial statements (a) 2. Financial statements schedule Schedule II - Valuation and qualifying accounts years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 All other schedules have been omitted as not required, not applicable, not deemed material or because the information is included in the Notes to Financial Statements. (a) 3. Exhibits (listed by numbers corresponding to the Exhibit Table of Item 601 in Regulation S-K). 10 Form of Employment Agreement for Lee Enterprises, Incorporated Executive Group 10 Amendments to Lee Enterprises, Incorporated 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan 10 Form of Indemnification Agreement for Lee Enterprises, Incorporated Directors and Executive Group 10 Credit Agreement dated as of December 24, 1998 among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, the financial institutions party thereto as Lenders, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent (if available) 21 Subsidiaries 24 Power of Attorney 27 Financial Data Schedule (b) The following reports on Form 8-K were filed for the three months ended September 30, 1998. None * * * * * For the purposes of complying with the amendments to the rules governing Form S-8 (effective July 13, 1991) under the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows, which undertaking shall be incorporated by reference into registrant's Registration Statements on Form S-8 Nos. 2-56652 (filed June 17, 1976), 2-58393 (filed March 11, 1977), 2-77121 (filed April 22, 1982), 33-19725 (filed January 20, 1988), 33-46708 (filed March 31, 1992), and 333-6435 and 333-6433 (filed June 20, 1996). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT AND CONSENT To the Stockholders Lee Enterprises, Incorporated and Subsidiaries Davenport, Iowa We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In our opinion, Schedule II included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1998, present fairly the information set forth therein, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 No. 2-56652, No. 2-77121, No. 2-58393, No. 33-19725, No. 33-46708, No. 333-6435 and No. 333-6433 and in the related Prospectuses of our report dated November 4, 1998 with respect to the financial statements of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, incorporated by reference and the schedule included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1998 and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectuses. /s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP Davenport, Iowa November 4, 1998 LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED AND WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (In Thousands) Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E (1) Balance at Additions Charged Deduction Balance Beginning Charged to Other from at Close Description of Period to Income Accounts Reserves of Period - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Allowance for doubtful accounts: For the year ended September 30, 1998 ... $4,600 $2,996 $ - - $3,486 $4,110 For the year ended September 30, 1997 ... 4,000 2,934 428 2,762 4,600 For the year ended September 30, 1996 ... 4,100 2,560 (375) 2,285 4,000 (1) Represents accounts written off as uncollectible, net of recoveries which are immaterial. (2) Balance upon disposal of NAPP Systems Inc. (3) Balance upon acquisition of 100% of The Pacific Northwest Group.
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date: December 29, 1998 LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED --------------------------------- /s/ Richard D. Gottlieb /s/ Larry L. Bloom Richard D. Gottlieb, Larry L. Bloom, President, Chief Executive Officer, and Senior Vice-President of Finance, Director Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer /s/ G.C. Wahlig G. C. Wahlig, Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer We, the undersigned directors of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, hereby severally constitute Richard D. Gottlieb and Larry L. Bloom, and each of them, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them, and each of them, to sign for us and in our names, in the capacities indicated below, the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 to be filed herewith and any amendments to said Annual Report, and generally do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as directors to enable Lee Enterprises, Incorporated to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or either of them, to said Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated: Signature Date /s/ Rance E. Crain - --------------------------------------- Rance E. Crain, Director November 18, 1998 /s/ J. P. Guerin - --------------------------------------- J. P. Guerin, Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Andrew E. Newman - --------------------------------------- Andrew E. Newman, Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Gordon Prichett - --------------------------------------- Gordon Prichett , Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Charles E. Rickershauser, Jr. - --------------------------------------- Charles E. Rickershauser, Jr., Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Ronald L. Rickman - --------------------------------------- Ronald L. Rickman, Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Lloyd G. Schermer - ---------------------------------------- Lloyd G. Schermer, Chairman of the Board and Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Phyllis Sewell - ----------------------------------------- Phyllis Sewell, Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Richard W. Sonnenfeldt - ----------------------------------------- Richard W. Sonnenfeldt, Director November 18, 1998 /s/ Mark Vittert - ----------------------------------------- Mark Vittert, Director November 18, 1998
                                                                 

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT by and between LEE ENTERPRISES,  INCORPORATED,  a Delaware corporation
(the "Company") and _________  _________ (the "Executive"),  dated as of the 7th
day of May, 1998.

                                    RECITAL:

The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"),  has determined  that it is
in the best  interests  of the Company and its  shareholders  to assure that the
Company will have the continued dedication of the Executive, notwithstanding the
possibility,  threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined  below) of
the Company.  The Board  believes it is  imperative  to diminish the  inevitable
distraction of the Executive by virtue of the personal  uncertainties  and risks
created  by a pending  or  threatened  Change of Control  and to  encourage  the
Executive's  full attention and  dedication to the Company  currently and in the
event of any  threatened  or  pending  Change of  Control,  and to  provide  the
Executive with  compensation and benefits  arrangements upon a Change of Control
which ensure that the  compensation  and benefits  expectations of the Executive
will be satisfied and which are  competitive  with those of other  corporations.
Therefore,  in order to accomplish  these  objectives,  the Board has caused the
Company to enter into this Agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1.  Certain  Definitions.  (a) The  "Effective  Date"  shall mean the first date
during  the Change of Control  Period  (as  defined in Section  1(b)) on which a
Change of Control (as defined in Section 2) occurs.  Anything in this  Agreement
to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  if a Change  of  Control  occurs  and if the
Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which
the  Change of  Control  occurs,  and if it is  reasonably  demonstrated  by the
Executive that such  termination of employment (i) was at the request of a third
party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or
(ii) otherwise  arose in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control,
then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date
immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.

     (b) The "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period  commencing on the
date hereof and ending on the third  anniversary  of the date hereof;  provided,
however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each
annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual  anniversary  thereof
shall be hereinafter  referred to as the "Renewal Date"),  the Change of Control
Period shall be automatically  extended so as to terminate three years from such
Renewal  Date,  unless at least 60 days prior to the  Renewal  Date the  Company
shall give notice to the Executive  that the Change of Control  Period shall not
be so extended.



     (c) "Class B Common Stock" shall mean the Class B common  stock,  par value
$2.00 per share, of the Company.

     (d)  "Common  Shares"  shall  mean the  shares of Common  Stock and Class B
Common Stock treated as one class.

     (e) "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock,  par value $2.00 per share,
of the Company.

2. Change of Control.  For the purpose of this Agreement,  a "Change of Control"
shall mean:

     (a) The acquisition by any individual,  entity or group (within the meaning
of Section  13(d)(3) or  14(d)(2) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial  ownership  (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the
Common Shares; provided,  however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the
following  acquisitions  shall  not  constitute  a Change  of  Control:  (i) any
acquisition  directly  from the Company,  (ii) any  acquisition  by the Company,
(iii) any acquisition by any employee  benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored
or  maintained  by the Company or any  corporation  controlled by the Company or
(iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies
with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2; or

     (b)  Individuals  who,  as of the date  hereof,  constitute  the Board (the
"Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the
Board; provided,  however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to
the date hereof whose  election,  or  nomination  for election by the  Company's
shareholders,  was  approved by a vote of at least a majority  of the  directors
then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  shall  be  considered  as  though  such
individual  were a  member  of the  Incumbent  Board,  but  excluding,  for this
purpose,  any such  individual  whose  initial  assumption of office occurs as a
result of an actual or threatened  election contest with respect to the election
or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

     (c)  Consummation of a  reorganization,  merger or consolidation or sale or
other  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company or
the acquisition of assets of another corporation (a "Business Combination"),  in
each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially
all  of  the   individuals   and  entities  who  were  the  beneficial   owners,
respectively,   of  the  Common  Shares   immediately  prior  to  such  Business
Combination  beneficially  own,  directly  or  indirectly,  more than 60% of the
Common  Shares or, with respect to an entity  other than the  Company,  the then
outstanding  voting  securities  entitled to vote  generally  in the election of
directors  of  the   corporation   resulting  from  such  Business   Combination
(including,  without  limitation,  a  corporation  which  as a  result  of  such
transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets
either directly or through one or more  subsidiaries) in substantially  the same
proportions as their ownership,  immediately prior to such Business  Combination
of the Common Shares,  (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation  resulting from
such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the
Company  or  such   corporation   resulting  from  such  Business   Combination)
beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,  20% or more of the Common Shares or,
with respect to an entity other than the Company,  the combined  voting power of
the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent
that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least
a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting
from such Business  Combination  were members of the Incumbent Board at the time
of the  execution  of the  initial  agreement,  or of the  action of the  Board,
providing for such Business Combination; or

     (d) Approval by the  shareholders of the Company of a complete  liquidation
or dissolution of the Company.

3. Employment Period. The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its
employ,  and the Executive  hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing
on the  Effective  Date and  ending on the third  anniversary  of such date (the
"Employment Period").

4. Terms of  Employment.  (a)  Position  and Duties.  (i) During the  Employment
Period,  (A) the Executive's  position  (including status,  offices,  titles and
reporting  requirements),  authority,  duties and  responsibilities  shall be at
least  commensurate in all material  respects with the most significant of those
held,  exercised and assigned at any time during the 120-day period  immediately
preceding the Effective Date and (B) the Executive's services shall be performed
at the location  where the  Executive  was employed  immediately  preceding  the
Effective Date or any office or location less than 35 miles from such location.



     (ii) During the  Employment  Period,  and excluding any periods of vacation
and sick leave to which the  Executive  is  entitled,  the  Executive  agrees to
devote  reasonable  attention  and  time  during  normal  business  hours to the
business  and affairs of the Company  and, to the extent  necessary to discharge
the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable   best   efforts  to  perform   faithfully   and   efficiently   such
responsibilities.  During the  Employment  Period it shall not be a violation of
this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate,  civic or charitable
boards or committees,  (B) deliver  lectures,  fulfill  speaking  engagements or
teach at educational  institutions and (C) manage personal investments,  so long
as such  activities do not  significantly  interfere with the performance of the
Executive's  responsibilities  as an employee of the Company in accordance  with
this  Agreement.  It is expressly  understood and agreed that to the extent that
any such  activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective
Date,  the continued  conduct of such  activities  (or the conduct of activities
similar in nature and scope thereto)  subsequent to the Effective Date shall not
thereafter  be deemed  to  interfere  with the  performance  of the  Executive's
responsibilities to the Company.

     (b)  Compensation.  (i) Base  Salary.  During the  Employment  Period,  the
Executive  shall  receive an annual base salary  ("Annual Base  Salary"),  which
shall be paid at a monthly  rate,  at least  equal to twelve  times the  highest
monthly  base salary paid or payable,  including  any base salary which has been
earned  but  deferred,  to the  Executive  by the  Company  and  its  affiliated
companies in respect of the twelve-month period immediately  preceding the month
in which the Effective  Date occurs.  During the Employment  Period,  the Annual
Base  Salary  shall be  reviewed  no more than 12 months  after the last  salary
increase  awarded to the Executive prior to the Effective Date and thereafter at
least  annually.  Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or
reduce any other  obligation to the Executive under this Agreement.  Annual Base
Salary  shall not be reduced  after any such  increase  and the term Annual Base
Salary as  utilized  in this  Agreement  shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so
increased.  As used in this Agreement,  the term  "affiliated  companies"  shall
include any company  controlled by, controlling or under common control with the
Company.

     (ii) Annual Bonus.  In addition to Annual Base Salary,  the Executive shall
be awarded,  for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Period, an annual
bonus (the  "Annual  Bonus") in cash at least equal to the  Executive's  highest
bonus under the Company's  annual  incentive plan, or any comparable bonus under
any predecessor or successor plan, for the last three full fiscal years prior to
the Effective Date  (annualized in the event that the Executive was not employed
by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) (the "Recent  Annual  Bonus").
Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid no later than the end of the third month of
the fiscal year next  following  the fiscal  year for which the Annual  Bonus is
awarded,  unless the  Executive  shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual
Bonus.



     (iii)  Incentive,  Savings  and  Retirement  Plans.  During the  Employment
Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive, savings
and retirement plans,  practices,  policies and programs applicable generally to
other peer  executives of the Company and its  affiliated  companies,  but in no
event shall such plans,  practices,  policies and programs provide the Executive
with incentive  opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and special
incentive  opportunities,  to the  extent,  if any,  that  such  distinction  is
applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each
case,  less  favorable,  in the  aggregate,  than  the most  favorable  of those
provided by the Company and its  affiliated  companies for the  Executive  under
such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the
120-day period immediately  preceding the Effective Date or if more favorable to
the Executive,  those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to
other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

     (iv) Welfare  Benefit Plans.  During the Employment  Period,  the Executive
and/or  the  Executive's  family,  as the case may be,  shall  be  eligible  for
participation  in and shall receive all benefits  under welfare  benefit  plans,
practices,  policies  and  programs  provided by the Company and its  affiliated
companies  (including,  without  limitation,   medical,  prescription,   dental,
disability,  employee life,  group life,  accidental  death and travel  accident
insurance plans and programs) to the extent  applicable  generally to other peer
executives of the Company and its  affiliated  companies,  but in no event shall
such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the Executive with benefits
which are less  favorable,  in the  aggregate,  than the most  favorable of such
plans, practices,  policies and programs in effect for the Executive at any time
during the 120-day period  immediately  preceding the Effective Date or, if more
favorable  to the  Executive,  those  provided  generally  at any time after the
Effective  Date to other  peer  executives  of the  Company  and its  affiliated
companies.

     (v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled
to receive  prompt  reimbursement  for all reasonable  expenses  incurred by the
Executive  in  accordance  with  the  most  favorable  policies,  practices  and
procedures  of the  Company  and its  affiliated  companies  in  effect  for the
Executive  at any time  during the  120-day  period  immediately  preceding  the
Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at
any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its
affiliated companies.

     (vi) Fringe Benefits.  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to fringe benefits,  including,  without limitation,  tax and financial
planning  services,  payment  of  club  dues,  and,  if  applicable,  use  of an
automobile  and  payment  of  related  expenses,  in  accordance  with  the most
favorable  plans,  practices,  programs  and  policies  of the  Company  and its
affiliated  companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day
period  immediately  preceding the Effective  Date or, if more  favorable to the
Executive,  as in effect  generally at any time thereafter with respect to other
peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

     (vii) Office and Support Staff. During the Employment Period, the Executive
shall be  entitled  to an office or offices of a size and with  furnishings  and
other appointments,  and to exclusive personal secretarial and other assistance,
at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing  provided to the Executive
by the  Company  and its  affiliated  companies  at any time  during the 120-day
period  immediately  preceding the Effective  Date or, if more  favorable to the
Executive,  as provided  generally at any time  thereafter with respect to other
peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

     (viii)  Vacation.  During the  Employment  Period,  the Executive  shall be
entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies,
programs and practices of the Company and its affiliated  companies as in effect
for the Executive at any time during the 120-day  period  immediately  preceding
the  Effective  Date  or,  if more  favorable  to the  Executive,  as in  effect
generally at any time  thereafter  with respect to other peer  executives of the
Company and its affiliated companies.



5.  Termination  of  Employment.   (a)  Death  or  Disability.  The  Executive's
employment shall terminate  automatically  upon the Executive's death during the
Employment  Period. If the Company  determines in good faith that the Disability
of the  Executive has occurred  during the  Employment  Period  (pursuant to the
definition of Disability set forth below),  it may give to the Executive written
notice in accordance  with Section  12(b) of this  Agreement of its intention to
terminate the Executive's employment.  In such event, the Executive's employment
with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
the 30 days  after  such  receipt,  the  Executive  shall not have  returned  to
full-time performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" shall mean the absence of the Executive from the Executive's duties
with the Company on a full-time  basis for 180  consecutive  business  days as a
result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be
total and  permanent by a physician  selected by the Company or its insurers and
acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative.

     (b) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive's  employment during the
Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

     (i)  the  willful  and  continued  failure  of  the  Executive  to  perform
substantially  the Executive's  duties with the Company or one of its affiliates
(other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental
illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the
Executive  by the Board or the Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company  which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or Chief Executive Officer
believes  that the  Executive has not  substantially  performed the  Executive's
duties, or

     (ii) the willful  engaging  by the  Executive  in illegal  conduct or gross
misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

                  For purposes of this  provision,  no act or failure to act, on
the part of the Executive,  shall be considered  "willful" unless it is done, or
omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without  reasonable  belief
that  the  Executive's  action  or  omission  was in the best  interests  of the
Company.  Any act, or failure to act, based upon  authority  given pursuant to a
resolution  duly  adopted  by the  Board or upon the  instructions  of the Chief
Executive Officer or a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of
counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to
be  done,  by the  Executive  in good  faith  and in the best  interests  of the
Company.  The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be
for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered  to the  Executive a
copy of a  resolution  duly  adopted  by the  affirmative  vote of not less than
three-quarters  of the entire  membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board
called and held for such  purpose  (after  reasonable  notice is provided to the
Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity,  together with counsel,  to
be heard  before the  Board),  finding  that,  in the good faith  opinion of the
Board,  the Executive is guilty of the conduct  described in subparagraph (i) or
(ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

     (c) Good  Reason.  The  Executive's  employment  may be  terminated  by the
Executive for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement,  "Good Reason" shall
mean:  (i) the  assignment  to the Executive of any duties  inconsistent  in any
respect with the Executive's  position  (including status,  offices,  titles and
reporting requirements),  authority,  duties or responsibilities as contemplated
by Section  4(a) of this  Agreement,  or any other  action by the Company  which
results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities,
excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not
taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company  promptly  after receipt
of notice thereof given by the Executive;

     (ii) any  failure by the Company to comply  with any of the  provisions  of
Section  4(b) of this  Agreement,  other  than an  isolated,  insubstantial  and
inadvertent  failure  not  occurring  in bad faith and which is  remedied by the
Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

     (iii) the  Company's  requiring  the Executive to be based at any office or
location  other than as provided in Section  4(a)(i)(B)  hereof or the Company's
requiring the Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater
extent than required immediately prior to the Effective Date;

     (iv) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive's employment
otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement; or



     (v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy  Section 11(c) of
this Agreement.

                  For   purposes   of  this   Section   5(c),   any  good  faith
determination  of "Good  Reason"  made by the  Executive  shall  be  conclusive.
Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, a termination by the
Executive  for any reason  during the 30-day  period  immediately  following the
first  anniversary of the Effective Date shall be deemed to be a termination for
Good Reason for all purposes of this Agreement.

     (d) Notice of Termination.  Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by
the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to
the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(b) of this Agreement.
For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
which (i) indicates the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied
upon, (ii) to the extent  applicable,  sets forth in reasonable detail the facts
and circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's
employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination
(as defined  below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice,  specifies
the  termination  date  (which date shall be not more than thirty days after the
giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth
in the Notice of Termination  any fact or  circumstance  which  contributes to a
showing of Good  Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the  Executive  or
the Company,  respectively,  hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company,
respectively,  from  asserting  such  fact  or  circumstance  in  enforcing  the
Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

     (e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the Executive's
employment is terminated by the Company for Cause,  or by the Executive for Good
Reason,  the date of  receipt  of the  Notice of  Termination  or any later date
specified  therein,  as the case may be, (ii) if the  Executive's  employment is
terminated  by the  Company  other  than for  Cause or  Disability,  the Date of
Termination  shall be the date on which the Company  notifies  the  Executive of
such termination and (iii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason
of death or Disability,  the Date of  Termination  shall be the date of death of
the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.  (a) Good Reason; Other Than for
Cause, Death or Disability.  If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall
terminate the Executive's  employment  other than for Cause or Disability or the
Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:

     (i) the Company  shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30
days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:

     A. the sum of (1) the  Executive's  Annual Base Salary  through the Date of
Termination  to the  extent not  theretofore  paid,  (2) the  product of (x) the
higher of (I) the Recent Annual Bonus and (II) the Annual Bonus paid or payable,
including  any bonus or portion  thereof which has been earned but deferred (and
annualized  for any fiscal  year  consisting  of less than twelve full months or
during which the Executive  was employed for less than twelve full months),  for
the most recently  completed  fiscal year during the Employment  Period,  if any
(such higher amount being  referred to as the "Highest  Annual Bonus") and (y) a
fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the number of days in the current  fiscal
year through the Date of  Termination,  and the  denominator of which is 365 and
(3) any  compensation  previously  deferred by the Executive  (together with any
accrued interest or earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case
to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts  described in clauses
(1),   (2),  and  (3)  shall  be   hereinafter   referred  to  as  the  "Accrued
Obligations"); and

     B. the amount  equal to the product of (1) three and (2) the sum of (x) the
Executive's Annual Base Salary and (y) the Highest Annual Bonus; and

     C. an amount  equal to the excess of (a) the  actuarial  equivalent  of the
benefit under the  Company's  qualified  defined  benefit  retirement  plan (the
"Retirement  Plan")  (utilizing  actuarial  assumptions no less favorable to the
Executive than those in effect under the Company's  Retirement Plan  immediately
prior to the Effective Date), and any excess or supplemental  retirement plan in
which the  Executive  participates  (together,  the "SERP")  which the Executive
would receive if the Executive's  employment continued for three years after the
Date of  Termination  assuming for this  purpose  that all accrued  benefits are
fully vested,  and,  assuming that the  Executive's  compensation in each of the
three years is that required by Section 4(b)(i) and Section  4(b)(ii),  over (b)
the actuarial equivalent of the Executive's actual benefit (paid or payable), if
any, under the Retirement Plan and the SERP as of the Date of Termination; and



     D. an amount equal to any forfeited  benefits  under the Company's  Savings
Plan.

     (ii) for three years after the  Executive's  Date of  Termination,  or such
longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan,  program,
practice or policy,  the Company shall continue benefits to the Executive and/or
the Executive's family at least equal to those which would have been provided to
them in accordance with the plans, programs, practices and policies described in
Section  4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if the  Executive's  employment had not been
terminated or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any
time  thereafter  with respect to other peer  executives  of the Company and its
affiliated  companies  and  their  families,  provided,  however,  that  if  the
Executive  becomes  reemployed with another  employer and is eligible to receive
medical or other welfare  benefits  under another  employer  provided  plan, the
medical and other welfare benefits  described herein shall be secondary to those
provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For
purposes  of  determining  eligibility  (but  not the  time of  commencement  of
benefits)  of the  Executive  for  retiree  benefits  pursuant  to  such  plans,
practices,  programs and  policies,  the  Executive  shall be considered to have
remained  employed until three years after the Date of  Termination  and to have
retired on the last day of such period;

     (iii) the  Company  shall,  at its sole  expense as  incurred,  provide the
Executive  with  outplacement  services the scope and provider of which shall be
selected by the Executive in his sole discretion; and

     (iv) to the extent not  theretofore  paid or  provided,  the Company  shall
timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to
be paid or provided  or which the  Executive  is  eligible to receive  under any
plan,  program,  policy or practice or contract or  agreement of the Company and
its affiliated  companies  (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter
referred to as the "Other Benefits").

     (b) Death.  If the  Executive's  employment  is terminated by reason of the
Executive's death during the Employment  Period,  this Agreement shall terminate
without further obligations to the Executive's legal  representatives under this
Agreement,  other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment
or  provision  of  Other  Benefits.  Accrued  Obligations  shall  be paid to the
Executive's estate or beneficiary,  as applicable,  in a lump sum in cash within
30 days of the Date of  Termination.  With  respect  to the  provision  of Other
Benefits,  the term  Other  Benefits  as  utilized  in this  Section  6(b) shall
include,  without  limitation,  and the Executive's estate and/or  beneficiaries
shall be  entitled to  receive,  benefits  at least equal to the most  favorable
benefits  provided by the Company and  affiliated  companies  to the estates and
beneficiaries  of peer executives of the Company and such  affiliated  companies
under such plans,  programs,  practices and policies relating to death benefits,
if  any,  as  in  effect  with  respect  to  other  peer  executives  and  their
beneficiaries  at any time during the 120-day period  immediately  preceding the
Effective  Date or, if more  favorable  to the  Executive's  estate  and/or  the
Executive's  beneficiaries,  as in effect on the date of the  Executive's  death
with  respect  to  other  peer  executives  of the  Company  and its  affiliated
companies and their beneficiaries.

     (c) Disability.  If the  Executive's  employment is terminated by reason of
the Executive's  Disability during the Employment  Period,  this Agreement shall
terminate without further  obligations to the Executive,  other than for payment
of Accrued  Obligations  and the timely payment or provision of Other  Benefits.
Accrued  Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within
30 days of the Date of  Termination.  With  respect  to the  provision  of Other
Benefits,  the term  Other  Benefits  as  utilized  in this  Section  6(c) shall
include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date
to receive,  disability  and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable
of those  generally  provided  by the Company and its  affiliated  companies  to
disabled  executives  and/or  their  families  in  accordance  with such  plans,
programs,  practices and policies  relating to disability,  if any, as in effect
generally  with respect to other peer  executives and their families at any time
during the 120-day period  immediately  preceding the Effective Date or, if more
favorable to the Executive  and/or the Executive's  family,  as in effect at any
time  thereafter  generally with respect to other peer executives of the Company
and its affiliated companies and their families.



     (d) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's  employment shall
be terminated  for Cause during the  Employment  Period,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate without further obligations to the Executive other than the obligation
to pay to the  Executive  (x)  his  Annual  Base  Salary  through  the  Date  of
Termination,  (y) the  amount of any  compensation  previously  deferred  by the
Executive,  and (z)  Other  Benefits,  in each  case to the  extent  theretofore
unpaid. If the Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment
Period,  excluding a termination for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate
without further obligations to the Executive, other than for Accrued Obligations
and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. In such case, all Accrued
Obligations  shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days
of the Date of Termination.

7.  Non-exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit
the Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program,  policy
or practice  provided by the Company or any of its affiliated  companies and for
which the Executive may qualify,  nor, subject to Section 12(f),  shall anything
herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any
contract  or  agreement  with the  Company or any of its  affiliated  companies.
Amounts which are vested  benefits or which the Executive is otherwise  entitled
to receive  under any plan,  policy,  practice or program of or any  contract or
agreement with the Company or any of its  affiliated  companies at or subsequent
to the Date of  Termination  shall be  payable  in  accordance  with such  plan,
policy,  practice  or program or  contract  or  agreement  except as  explicitly
modified by this Agreement.

8. Full Settlement.  The Company's  obligation to make the payments provided for
in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its  obligations  hereunder shall not
be affected by any set-off,  counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other claim,
right or action which the Company may have against the  Executive or others.  In
no event shall the  Executive be obligated to seek other  employment or take any
other action by way of mitigation of the amounts  payable to the Executive under
any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced
whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company agrees to pay
as  incurred,  to the full extent  permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses
which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest  (regardless
of the outcome thereof) by the Company,  the Executive or others of the validity
or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any
guarantee of  performance  thereof  (including as a result of any contest by the
Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this  Agreement),  plus in
each case  interest  on any  delayed  payment  at the  applicable  Federal  rate
provided for in Section  7872(f)(2)(A)  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code").

9.  Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

     (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding  and except
as set forth  below,  in the event it shall be  determined  that any  payment or
distribution  by the  Company  or its  affiliates  to or for the  benefit of the
Executive  (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable  pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement or otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any
additional  payments  required  under  this  Section 9) (a  "Payment")  would be
subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or
penalties  are incurred by the  Executive  with respect to such excise tax (such
excise tax,  together  with any such  interest and  penalties,  are  hereinafter
collectively  referred  to as the "Excise  Tax"),  then the  Executive  shall be
entitled to receive an  additional  payment (a "Gross-Up  Payment") in an amount
such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or
penalties imposed with respect to such taxes),  including,  without  limitation,
any income taxes (and any interest and penalties  imposed with respect  thereto)
and Excise Tax imposed  upon the  Gross-Up  Payment,  the  Executive  retains an
amount  of the  Gross-Up  Payment  equal  to the  Excise  Tax  imposed  upon the
Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Section 9(a), if it
shall be determined  that the Executive is entitled to a Gross-Up  Payment,  but
that the present  value as of the date of the Change of Control,  determined  in
accordance with Sections 280G(b)(2)(ii) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code (the "Present
Value"),  of the Payments does not exceed 110% of the greatest  Present Value of
Payments (the "Safe Harbor Cap") that could be paid to the  Executive  such that
the  receipt  thereof  would not give rise to any Excise  Tax,  then no Gross-Up
Payment shall be made to the Executive and the amounts  payable to the Executive
under this  Agreement  shall be reduced to the maximum amount that could be paid
to the Executive such that the Present Value of the Payments does not exceed the
Safe Harbor Cap. The reduction of the comments payable hereunder, if applicable,
shall be made by reducing first the payments under Section 6(a)(i)(B), unless an
alternative method of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Cap, only amounts
payable under this Agreement (and no other  Payments)  shall be reduced.  If the
reduction of the amounts  payable  hereunder  would not result in a reduction of
the Present  Value of the  Payments  to the Safe Harbor Cap, no amounts  payable
under this Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this provision.



     (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations  required
to be made under this Section 9, including  whether and when a Gross-Up  Payment
is required and the amount of such Gross-Up  Payment and the  assumptions  to be
utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by McGladrey & Pullen,
LLP, or such other certified public  accounting firm as may be designated by the
Executive  (the  "Accounting  Firm")  which shall  provide  detailed  supporting
calculations  both to the Company and the  Executive  within 15 business days of
the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment,  or such
earlier time as is requested  by the Company.  In the event that the  Accounting
Firm is serving as  accountant  or auditor for the  individual,  entity or group
effecting the Change of Control,  the Executive shall appoint another nationally
recognized accounting firm to make the determinations  required hereunder (which
accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All
fees and expenses of the  Accounting  Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.
Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by
the Company to the Executive  within five days of the receipt of the  Accounting
Firm's determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding
upon the  Company  and the  Executive.  As a result  of the  uncertainty  in the
application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination
by the Accounting  Firm hereunder,  it is possible that Gross-Up  Payments which
will not have been made by the Company  should have been made  ("Underpayment"),
consistent with the  calculations  required to be made  hereunder.  In the event
that  the  Company  exhausts  its  remedies  pursuant  to  Section  9(c) and the
Executive  thereafter  is  required  to make a payment  of any Excise  Tax,  the
Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred
and any such  Underpayment  shall be promptly  paid by the Company to or for the
benefit of the Executive.

     (c) The  Executive  shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the
Internal  Revenue Service that, if successful,  would require the payment by the
Company of the Gross-Up  Payment.  Such  notification  shall be given as soon as
practicable  but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed
in  writing of such claim and shall  apprise  the  Company of the nature of such
claim and the date on which such claim is  requested to be paid.  The  Executive
shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period  following
the date on which it gives such notice to the Company  (or such  shorter  period
ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).
If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such
period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

     (i) give the Company any  information  reasonably  requested by the Company
relating to such claim,

     (ii) take such  action in  connection  with  contesting  such  claim as the
Company  shall  reasonably  request  in  writing  from time to time,  including,
without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by
an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

     (iii)  cooperate  with the  Company in good faith in order  effectively  to
contest such claim, and

     (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings  relating to such
claim;



provided,  however,  that the Company  shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses  (including  additional  interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall  indemnify  and hold the Executive  harmless,  on an
after-tax  basis,  for any  Excise  Tax or income tax  (including  interest  and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such  representation  and
payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of
this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection
with such  contest  and,  at its sole  option,  may  pursue or forgo any and all
administrative  appeals,  proceedings,  hearings and conferences with the taxing
authority  in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option,  either  direct
the  Executive  to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim
in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to
a  determination  before  any  administrative  tribunal,  in a court of  initial
jurisdiction  and  in  one or  more  appellate  courts,  as  the  Company  shall
determine;  provided,  however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay
such claim and sue for a refund,  the Company  shall  advance the amount of such
payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold
the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax
(including  interest or penalties with respect  thereto) imposed with respect to
such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance;
and further  provided that any extension of the statute of limitations  relating
to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive  with respect to which
such  contested  amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested
amount.  Furthermore,  the Company's  control of the contest shall be limited to
issues with respect to which a Gross-Up  Payment would be payable  hereunder and
the  Executive  shall be entitled to settle or contest,  as the case may be, any
other  issue  raised  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  or any  other  taxing
authority.

     (d) If,  after the receipt by the  Executive  of an amount  advanced by the
Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive  becomes entitled to receive any
refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company's
complying with the requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly pay to the Company the
amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after
taxes applicable  thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount
advanced by the Company  pursuant to Section 9(c), a determination  is made that
the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and
the Company  does not notify the  Executive  in writing of its intent to contest
such  denial  of  refund  prior  to  the   expiration  of  30  days  after  such
determination,  then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to
be repaid and the amount of such advance  shall offset,  to the extent  thereof,
the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

10. Confidential  Information.  The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity
for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge
or data relating to the Company or any of its  affiliated  companies,  and their
respective  businesses,  which shall have been obtained by the Executive  during
the Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and
which  shall  not be or  become  public  knowledge  (other  than  by acts by the
Executive or  representatives  of the Executive in violation of this Agreement).
After termination of the Executive's  employment with the Company, the Executive
shall not,  without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise
be  required  by  law  or  legal  process,   communicate  or  divulge  any  such
information,  knowledge  or data to  anyone  other  than the  Company  and those
designated by it. In no event shall an asserted  violation of the  provisions of
this Section 10  constitute a basis for  deferring  or  withholding  any amounts
otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement.

11. Successors.  (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the
prior  written  consent of the Company  shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and  distribution.  This Agreement
shall  inure to the  benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the  Executive's  legal
representatives.

                  This  Agreement  shall  inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

     (c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect,  by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
business  and/or assets of the Company to assume  expressly and agree to perform
this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this
Agreement,  "Company"  shall mean the  Company as  hereinbefore  defined and any
successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to
perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.



12.  Miscellaneous.  (a) This  Agreement  shall be governed by and  construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa,  without  reference to principles
of  conflict  of  laws.  The  captions  of this  Agreement  are not  part of the
provisions  hereof and shall have no force or effect.  This Agreement may not be
amended  or  modified  otherwise  than by a written  agreement  executed  by the
parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

                  All notices  and other  communications  hereunder  shall be in
writing and shall be given by hand  delivery to the other party or by registered
or certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid,  addressed as
follows:

                  If to the Executive:







                  If to the Company:



                  Lee Enterprises, Incorporated
                  400 Putnam Building
                  215 N. Main Street
                  Davenport, Iowa  52801-1924

                  Attention:  General Counsel


or to such other  address as either  party shall have  furnished to the other in
writing in accordance  herewith.  Notice and  communications  shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

     (c) The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision of this Agreement
shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other provision of this
Agreement.

     (d) The Company may withhold from any amounts  payable under this Agreement
such Federal,  state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

     (e)  The  Executive's  or the  Company's  failure  to  insist  upon  strict
compliance  with any  provision  of this  Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the  Executive  or the  Company  may have  hereunder,  including,  without
limitation,  the right of the Executive to terminate  employment for Good Reason
pursuant to Section  5(c)(i)-(v) of this Agreement,  shall not be deemed to be a
waiver  of such  provision  or right  or any  other  provision  or right of this
Agreement.

     (f) The Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise
be provided  under any other  written  agreement  between the  Executive and the
Company,  the  employment  of the  Executive  by the  Company  is "at will" and,
subject to Section 1(a) hereof,  prior to the Effective  Date,  the  Executive's
employment  may be terminated by either the Executive or the Company at any time
prior to the Effective  Date, in which case the Executive  shall have no further
rights under this  Agreement.  From and after the Effective  Date this Agreement
shall  supersede  any other  agreement  between the parties  with respect to the
subject matter hereof.






IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Executive has hereunto set the  Executive's  hand and,
pursuant  to the  authorization  from its Board of  Directors,  the  Company has
caused  these  presents to be executed in its name on its behalf,  all as of the
day and year first above written.



                                               [Executive]



                                               LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED



                                               By:                    
                                               Name:
                                               Title:


                                  AMENDMENTS TO
                          LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED
                          1990 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


     The Lee Enterprises,  Incorporated 1990 Long-Term  Incentive Plan is hereby
amended, effective as of May 7, 1998, as set forth below.

1. Section 1.2 of the Plan is amended by adding the following definitions:

     "Class B Common Stock" - means the Class B Common  Stock,  $2.00 par value,
     of the Company.

     "Common Shares" - means the shares of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
     treated as one class.

2. Section 1.6 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     1.6 Change of Control

        (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  in
        the event of a Change of Control:

           (i) any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of
           the date such Change of Control is determined to have  occurred,  and
           which  are not  then  exercisable  and  vested,  shall  become  fully
           exercisable and vested to the full extent of the original grant;

           (ii) the  restrictions  and deferral  limitations  applicable  to any
           Restricted  Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become
           free of all  restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to
           the full extent of the original grant; and

           (iii) all  Performance  Units  shall be  considered  to be earned and
           payable in full,  and any deferral or other  restriction  shall lapse
           and such Performance Units shall be settled in cash as promptly as is
           practicable;  provided, that, if payment of cash under this paragraph
           would  make  a  Change  of   Control   transaction   ineligible   for
           pooling-of-interests  accounting  under  APB No. 16 that but for such
           cash  payment  would   otherwise  be  eligible  for  such  accounting
           treatment, the Committee shall have the ability to substitute for the
           cash  payable  pursuant to this  paragraph,  Common Stock with a Fair
           Market  Value  equal to the cash  that  would  otherwise  be  payable
           hereunder.

        (b)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the  contrary,
        during  the  60-day  period  from and  after a Change  of  Control  (the
        "Exercise  Period"),  unless the Committee shall determine  otherwise at
        the time of grant (or, with respect to Stock Options  outstanding  as of
        May 7, 1998, on May 7, 1998), an optionee shall have the right,  whether
        or not the Stock Option is fully  exercisable and in lieu of the payment
        of the  exercise  price for the shares of Common  Stock being  purchased
        under the Stock  Option and by giving  notice to the  Company,  to elect
        (within  the  Exercise  Period)  to  surrender  all or part of the Stock
        Option  to the  Company  and to  receive  cash,  within  30 days of such
        notice,  in an amount equal to the amount by which the Change of Control
        Price  per  share of  Common  Stock on the date of such  election  shall
        exceed  the  exercise  price per share of Common  Stock  under the Stock
        Option  multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock granted under
        the Stock Option as to which the right granted under this Section 1.6(b)
        shall have been exercised.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if any right
        granted  pursuant to this Section  1.6(b) would make a Change of Control
        transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interests accounting under APB No.
        16 that but for the nature of such grant would otherwise be eligible for
        such  accounting  treatment,  the  Committee  shall have the  ability to
        substitute for the cash payable pursuant to such right Common Stock with
        a Fair Market  Value equal to the cash that would  otherwise  be payable
        hereunder or, if payment of such Common Stock would  similarly make such
        transaction  ineligible for pooling of interests  accounting,  eliminate
        such right.



        (c) For purposes of the Plan, "Change of Control Price" means the higher
        of (i) the highest  reported  sales  price,  regular  way, of a share of
        Common Stock in any transaction  reported on the New York Stock Exchange
        Composite  Tape or other  national  exchange  on which  such  shares are
        listed or on NASDAQ  during the 60-day period prior to and including the
        date of a Change of  Control  or (ii) if the  Change of  Control  is the
        result of a tender or  exchange  offer or a  Business  Combination,  the
        highest  price per share of Common Stock paid in such tender or exchange
        offer or Business  Combination;  provided,  however, that in the case of
        Incentive  Stock  Options  and Stock  Appreciation  Rights  relating  to
        Incentive  Stock  Options,  the Change of Control  Price shall be in all
        cases  the Fair  Market  Value  of the  Common  Stock  on the date  such
        Incentive Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.  To the
        extent that the  consideration  paid in any such  transaction  described
        above   consists  all  or  in  part  of   securities  or  other  noncash
        consideration,   the  value  of  such   securities   or  other   noncash
        consideration shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

        (d) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change of Control" means:

           (1) the  acquisition by any  individual,  entity or group (within the
           meaning of Section  13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the  Securities  Exchange
           Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"))  (a  "Person")  of
           beneficial  ownership  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated
           under  the  Exchange  Act)  of 20% or  more  of  the  Common  Shares;
           provided,  however,  that for  purposes of this  subsection  (1), the
           following  acquisitions  shall not be deemed to result in a Change of
           Control:  (A) any  acquisition  directly  from the  Company,  (B) any
           acquisition  by the  Company,  (C) any  acquisition  by any  employee
           benefit  plan (or  related  trust)  sponsored  or  maintained  by the
           Company  or any  corporation  controlled  by the  Company  or (D) any
           acquisition  by  any  corporation  pursuant  to  a  transaction  that
           complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (3) below; or

           (2) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the
           "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any  reason to  constitute  at least a
           majority  of  the  Board;  provided,  however,  that  any  individual
           becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election,  or
           nomination for election by the Company's  shareholders,  was approved
           by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the
           Incumbent  Board shall be considered as though such individual were a
           member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding,  for this purpose,  any
           such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result
           of an actual or  threatened  election  contest  with  respect  to the
           election  or  removal  of  directors  or other  actual or  threatened
           solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other
           than the Board; or

           (3) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale
           or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
           Company  or  the   acquisition  of  assets  of  another   corporation
           ("Business Combination") unless, following such Business Combination,
           (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were
           the beneficial owners of the Common Shares  immediately prior to such
           Business Combination  beneficially own, directly or indirectly,  more
           than 60% of the Common  Shares or,  with  respect to an entity  other
           than the Company,  the combined voting power of the then  outstanding
           voting  securities  entitled  to vote  generally  in the  election of
           directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination
           (including,  without  limitation,  a corporation  that as a result of
           such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially  all of the
           Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries)
           in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately
           prior to such  Business  Combination  of the  Common  Shares,  (B) no
           Person  (excluding  any  corporation  resulting  from  such  Business
           Combination  or any employee  benefit plan (or related  trust) of the
           Company or any corporation  resulting from such Business Combination)
           beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,  20% or more of the Common
           Shares or,  with  respect to an entity  other than the  Company,  the
           combined voting power of the then  outstanding  voting  securities of
           such  corporation,  except to the extent that such ownership  existed
           prior to the Business  Combination and (C) at least a majority of the
           members of the board of directors of the  corporation  resulting from
           such  Business  Combination  will have been members of the  Incumbent
           Board at the time of the  execution of the initial  agreement,  or of
           the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

           (4)  approval  by the  shareholders  of  the  Company  of a  complete
           liquidation or dissolution of the Company.



2. Section 1.11 (a) of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following  sentence
to the end thereof:

     Notwithstanding  anything in this Plan to the contrary,  following a Change
     of  Control  the  Board  may not  amend  the  Plan in a manner  that  would
     adversely affect any outstanding Award of a Participant without the written
     consent of such Participant.





               
                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT,  effective  as of  September  18, 1998  between LEE
ENTERPRISES,  INCORPORATED,  a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  and (the
"Indemnitee").

                  WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a __________ of the Company;

                  WHEREAS,   both  the  Company  and  Indemnitee  recognize  the
increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted  against  directors
and officers of public companies in today's environment;

                  WHEREAS,  basic  protection  against  undue  risk of  personal
liability  of  directors  and  officers  heretofore  has been  provided  through
insurance  coverage  providing  reasonable  protection at reasonable  cost; as a
result of  substantial  changes in the  marketplace  for such  insurance  it has
become  increasingly  more difficult to obtain such insurance on terms providing
reasonable protection at reasonable cost;

                  WHEREAS,  the  By-laws of the  Company  require the Company to
indemnify and advance  expenses to its directors and officers to the full extent
permitted  by law and  Indemnitee  will  serve as a  director  or officer of the
Company in part in reliance on such By-laws;

                  WHEREAS,  in recognition of Indemnitee's  need for substantial
protection against personal liability in order to enhance  Indemnitee's  service
to the Company in an effective manner,  the inadequacy of the Company's director
and officer  liability  insurance  coverage,  and  Indemnitee's  reliance on the
aforesaid By-laws,  and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific  contractual
assurance  that the  protection  afforded by such  By-laws  will be available to
Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of
such  By-laws  or any  change  in the  composition  of the  Company's  Board  of
Directors  or  acquisition  transaction  relating to the  Company),  the Company
wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing
of  expenses to  Indemnitee  to the full extent  (whether  partial or  complete)
permitted  by law  and as set  forth  in  this  Agreement,  and,  to the  extent
insurance is  maintained,  for the coverage of  Indemnitee  under the  Company's
directors' and officers' liability insurance policies;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and of
Indemnitee's service to the Company, directly or indirectly, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. In the event Indemnitee  becomes a party to or a witness or
other  participant  in, or is  threatened  to be made a party to or a witness or
other  participant  in, any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or
proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or
any other party,  that  Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to any such
action,   suit  or   proceeding,   whether  civil,   criminal,   administrative,
investigative  or otherwise (a "Claim") by reason of (or arising in part out of)
the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, manager, agent
or fiduciary of the Company,  or is or was serving at the request of the Company
as a director,  officer,  employee,  trustee,  manager,  agent or  fiduciary  of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any
such capacity (an "Indemnifiable Event"), the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee
to the full extent permitted by law (the determination of which shall be made by
the Reviewing  Party referred to below) as soon as practicable  but in any event
no later than thirty days after  written  demand is  presented  to the  Company,
against any and all  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees and all other costs,
expenses and  obligations  paid or incurred in  connection  with  investigating,
preparing  for and  defending or  participating  in the defense of (including on
appeal)  any  Claim   relating  to  any   Indemnifiable   Event)   (collectively
"Expenses"),   judgments,  fines,  penalties  and  amounts  paid  in  settlement
(including  all  interest,  assessments  and other  charges  paid or  payable in
connection  with or in respect of such  judgments,  fines,  penalties or amounts
paid in settlement) of such Claim.



                  If so  requested  by  Indemnitee,  the Company  shall  advance
(within  two  business  days of such  request)  any and  all  such  Expenses  to
Indemnitee;  provided, however, that (i) the foregoing obligation of the Company
shall be  subject  to the  condition  that an  appropriate  person  or body (the
"Reviewing  Party") shall not have  determined (in a written opinion in any case
in which the  special,  independent  counsel  referred to in Section 2 hereof is
involved)  that  Indemnitee  would not be permitted to be so  indemnified  under
applicable  law,  and (ii) if, when and to the extent that the  Reviewing  Party
determines  that  Indemnitee  would not be permitted to be so indemnified  under
applicable  law, the Company  shall be entitled to be  reimbursed  by Indemnitee
(who hereby  agrees to reimburse  the Company) for all such amounts  theretofore
paid (unless  Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
jurisdiction  to secure a determination  that  Indemnitee  should be indemnified
under  applicable  law,  in which event  Indemnitee  shall not be required to so
reimburse  the  Company  until a final  judicial  determination  requiring  such
reimbursement  is made with  respect  thereto  as to which all  rights of appeal
therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

                  The Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance any
additional  amounts to Indemnitee under this Agreement  (unless there has been a
determination by a court of competent  jurisdiction that the Indemnitee would be
permitted  to be so  indemnified  or entitled  to such  expense  advances  under
applicable law).

                  If there has not been a Change in Control of the  Company  (as
hereinafter  defined),  the Reviewing Party (which can, but does not have to, be
the disinterested  members of the Board of Directors or a committee comprised of
one or more  disinterested  members of the Board of Directors) shall be selected
by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors
who were not parties to such action, proceeding or suit, unless such a quorum is
not  obtainable  in which case the  Reviewing  Party  shall be  selected  by the
special,  independent counsel referred to in Section 2 hereof. If there has been
a Change in Control of the Company,  the  Reviewing  Party shall be the special,
independent counsel referred to in Section 2 hereof.

                  If Indemnitee  has not been  indemnified  by the expiration of
the foregoing thirty-day period or received expense advances or if the Reviewing
Party  determines  that  Indemnitee  substantively  would not be permitted to be
indemnified  or be  entitled  to  expense  advances  in whole  or in part  under
applicable law,  Indemnitee shall have the right to commence  litigation seeking
from the court a finding  that  Indemnitee  is entitled to  indemnification  and
expense advances or enforcement of Indemnitee's  entitlement to  indemnification
and expense advances or challenging any  determination by the Reviewing Party or
any aspect thereof that  Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or receive
expense  advances;  any  determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be
conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to bring
any such  litigation  in any  court in the  states  of Iowa or  Delaware  having
subject  matter  jurisdiction  thereof  and in which  venue is  proper,  and the
Company  hereby  consents  to  service  of  process  and to  appear  in any such
proceeding.

                  2. The Company  agrees that if there is a Change in Control of
the  Company  (as  hereinafter  defined),  then  with  respect  to  all  matters
thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
expense  advances under this Agreement or any other  agreement or By-laws now or
hereafter in effect  relating to Claims for  Indemnifiable  Events,  the Company
shall seek legal  advice  only from  special,  independent  counsel  selected by
Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld),  and who has not otherwise  performed services for the Company (other
than in  connection  with such matters) or  Indemnitee.  Unless  Indemnitee  has
theretofore  selected  counsel  pursuant to this  Section 2 and such counsel has
been  approved  by the  Company,  the firms in the  attached  Exhibit A shall be
deemed to satisfy the  requirements set forth above, and neither the Company nor
Indemnitee shall engage such firm for any purpose (other than in the case of the
Company,  with respect to matters  concerning  the rights of  Indemnitee  [or of
other indemnitees under similar indemnity  agreements] to indemnity payments and
expense advances). Such counsel, among other things, shall determine whether and
to what extent  Indemnitee  is  permitted  to be  indemnified  or is entitled to
expense  advances under  applicable law and shall render its written  opinion to
the Company and Indemnitee to such effect.



                  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control of the
Company"  shall be  deemed  to have  occurred  if:  (1) the  acquisition  by any
individual,  entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2)
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Exchange  Act")) (a
"Person") of beneficial  ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
under the  Exchange  Act) of 20% or more of the shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock and  Class B Common  Stock  treated  as one class  (the  "Common  Shares")
occurs;  provided,  however,  that for  purposes  of this  subsection  (1),  the
following acquisitions shall not be deemed to result in a Change of Control: (A)
any acquisition  directly from the Company,  (B) any acquisition by the Company,
(C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or
maintained  by the Company or any  corporation  controlled by the Company or (D)
any acquisition by any corporation  pursuant to a transaction that complies with
clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (3) below; or (2) individuals  who, as of
the date hereof,  constitute  the Board (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;  provided,  however, that
any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election,
or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote
of at least a majority of the directors  then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board
shall be  considered  as though such  individual  were a member of the Incumbent
Board,  but  excluding,  for this  purpose,  any such  individual  whose initial
assumption  of office  occurs as a result  of an actual or  threatened  election
contest  with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or
threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other
than the Board; or (3) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation
or sale or other  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
Company  or the  acquisition  of  assets of  another  corporation  (a  "Business
Combination")  occurs unless,  following such Business  Combination,  (A) all or
substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners
of the Common Shares immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially
own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the Common Shares or, with respect
to an entity  other than the  Company,  the  combined  voting  power of the then
outstanding  voting  securities  entitled to vote  generally  in the election of
directors  of  the   corporation   resulting  from  such  Business   Combination
(including,  without  limitation,  a  corporation  that  as  a  result  of  such
transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets
either directly or through one or more  subsidiaries) in substantially  the same
proportions as their ownership,  immediately prior to such Business  Combination
of the Common Shares,  (B) no Person  (excluding any corporation  resulting from
such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the
Company  or  any   corporation   resulting   from  such  Business   Combination)
beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,  20% or more of the Common Shares or,
with respect to an entity other than the Company,  the combined  voting power of
the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent
that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a
majority of the members of the board of directors of the  corporation  resulting
from such Business  Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at
the time of the  execution  of the  initial  agreement,  or of the action of the
Board,  providing  for  such  Business  Combination;  or  (4)  approval  by  the
shareholders  of the Company of a complete  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the
Company occurs.

                  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable  fees of the special,
independent  counsel  referred  to above  and to fully  indemnify  such  counsel
against any and all expenses (including  attorneys' fees),  claims,  liabilities
and  damages  arising out of or relating  to this  Agreement  or its  engagement
pursuant hereto except for willful misconduct or gross negligence.

                  3. The Company shall indemnify  Indemnitee against any and all
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) and, if requested by  Indemnitee,  shall
(within two business days of such request)  advance such expenses to Indemnitee,
which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted or action
brought by Indemnitee for (i)  indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by
the Company under this Agreement or any other  agreement or Company  By-laws now
or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for  Indemnifiable  Events and/or (ii)
recovery  under  any  directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance  policies
maintained  by the  Company,  regardless  of whether  Indemnitee  ultimately  is
determined to be entitled to such  indemnification,  advance payment of Expenses
or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

                  4. If  Indemnitee  is  entitled  under any  provision  of this
Agreement  to  indemnification  by the  Company  for  some or a  portion  of the
Expenses,  judgments,  fines,  penalties  and amounts paid in settlement of such
action,  suit or  proceeding  but  not,  however,  for all of the  total  amount
thereof,  the Company shall  nevertheless  indemnify  Indemnitee for the portion
thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement,  to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits
or  otherwise  in the  defense of any claim  relating in whole or in part to any
Indemnifiable  Event or in  defense  of any issue or matter  therein,  including
dismissal  without  prejudice,  Indemnitee  shall  be  indemnified  against  all
Expenses incurred in connection therewith.



                  5. For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the  termination  of any
Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
conviction,  or upon a plea of nolo  contendere,  or its  equivalent,  shall not
create a presumption  that  Indemnitee did not meet any  particular  standard of
conduct  or have any  particular  belief  or that a court  has  determined  that
Indemnitee  is not  entitled  to  indemnification  or  expense  advance  or that
indemnification or expense advance is not permitted by applicable law.

                  6. The parties  recognize that several of the Company's By-law
provisions on  indemnification  substantially  reflect the current provisions of
Section 145 of the General  Corporation  Law of Delaware;  that  directors'  and
officers'  liability  insurance provides benefits beyond those specified in said
Section 145; and that Section  145(f)  provides that the benefits of the statute
are not to be deemed  exclusive  of any  other  rights  to which  those  seeking
indemnification  or  advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement
or otherwise. It is the intent of the parties that the benefits to be derived by
Indemnitee  hereunder shall not be limited to those provided by said Section 145
(as presently  enacted or as it may in the future be changed or interpreted,  by
statute or judicial  decision) or any By-laws of the Company based thereon;  but
shall  extend to the full extent  permitted  by law now or  hereafter  in effect
(including giving full effect to Section 145(f),  and this Agreement shall be so
interpreted by the Reviewing Party herein.

                  7.  Indemnitee  shall  notify  the  Company  in writing of the
institution of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation that is or
may be subject to this Agreement; provided, that the failure to give such notice
shall not affect Indemnitee's rights hereunder.

                   8. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or
policies  providing  directors' and officers'  liability  insurance,  Indemnitee
shall be covered by such policy or  policies,  in  accordance  with its or their
terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage  available for any Company director
or officer.

                  9. No legal  action  shall be  brought  and no cause of action
shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company
against  Indemnitee,   his  spouse,  heirs,   executors  or  personal  or  legal
representatives  after the  expiration  of two years from the date of accrual of
such  cause of  action,  and any claim or cause of action of the  Company or its
affiliate  shall be  extinguished  and deemed  released  unless  asserted by the
timely filing of a legal action within such twoyear period;  provided,  however,
that if any shorter  period of  limitation  is otherwise  applicable to any such
cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

                  10. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement
shall be binding unless  executed in writing by both of the parties  hereto.  No
waiver  of any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be  deemed or shall
constitute a waiver of any other provisions  hereof (whether or not similar) nor
shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

                  11. In the event of payment under this Agreement,  the Company
shall be  subrogated  to the  extent  of such  payment  to all of the  rights of
recovery  of  Indemnitee,  who shall  execute all papers  required  and shall do
everything that may be necessary to secure such rights,  including the execution
of such documents  necessary to enable the Company  effectively to bring suit to
enforce such rights.

                  12. The Company  shall not be liable  under this  Agreement to
make any payment in  connection  with any claim made against  Indemnitee  to the
extent  Indemnitee has otherwise  actually received payment (under any insurance
policy, By-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

                  13.  This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and inure to the
benefit  of and be  enforceable  by the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective
successors,  assigns,  including  any direct or indirect  successor by purchase,
merger,  consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially  all of the business
and/or assets of the Company,  spouses, heirs, executors, and personal and legal
representatives.  This Agreement shall continue in effect  regardless of whether
Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the Company or of any
other enterprise at the Company's request.



                  14. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the
event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single
section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to
be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable,  and the remaining provisions shall
remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

                  15. This  Agreement  shall be governed  by and  construed  and
enforced  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Delaware  applicable  to
contracts   made  and  to  be  performed  in  such  state,   but  excluding  any
conflicts-of-law   rule  or  principle   which  might  refer  such   governance,
construction or enforcement to the laws of another state or country.

                  Executed as of the date first above written.


                                                   LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED



                                                   By: /s/ Richard D. Gottlieb
                                                   -----------------------------
- ------------------------------                     Richard D. Gottlieb
Indemnitee                                         President and CEO





                                    Exhibit A
                          to Indemnification Agreement


Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell
Twelfth & Market Streets
P.O. Box 1347
Wilmington, DE 19899-1347
(302) 658-9200

Prickett, Jones, Elliott, Kristol & Schnee
1310 King Street
P.O. Box 1328
Wilmington, DE 19899-1328
(302) 658-5102






                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 24, 1998

                                      among


                          LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED


             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
                            as Administrative Agent,


                                       and


                  THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO


                                   Arranged by

                      NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC









                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                     Page


ARTICLE IDEFINITIONS..............................................
1.1  Certain Defined Terms........................................
1.2  Other Interpretive Provisions................................
1.3  Accounting Principles........................................

ARTICLE IITHE CREDITS.............................................
2.1  Amounts and Terms of Commitments.............................
2.2  Loan Accounts................................................
2.3  Procedure for Borrowing......................................
2.4  Conversion and Continuation Elections........................
2.5  Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments............
2.6  Optional Prepayments.........................................
2.7  Repayment....................................................
2.8  Interest.....................................................
2.9  Fees ........................................................
     (a)  Agency Fees.............................................
     (b)  Commitment Fees.........................................
2.10 Computation of Fees and Interest.............................
2.11 Payments by the Company......................................
2.12 Payments by the Lenders to the Agent.........................
2.13 Sharing of Payments, Etc.....................................

ARTICLE IIITAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY.................
3.1  Taxes........................................................
3.2  Illegality...................................................
3.3  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return......................
3.4  Funding Losses...............................................
3.5  Inability to Determine Rates.................................
3.6  Certificates of Lenders......................................
3.7  Substitution of Lenders......................................
3.8  Survival.....................................................

ARTICLE IVCONDITIONS PRECEDENT....................................
4.1  Conditions of Initial Loans..................................
     (a)        Credit Agreement and Notes........................
     (b)        Resolutions; Incumbency...........................
     (c)        Organization Documents; Good Standing.............
     (d)        Legal Opinions....................................
     (e)        Payment of Fees...................................
     (f)        Certificate.......................................
     (g)        Other Documents...................................
4.2  Conditions to All Loans......................................
     (a)        Notice............................................
     (b)        Continuation of Representations and Warranties....
     (c)        No Existing Default...............................

ARTICLE VREPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...........................
5.1  Company Existence and Power..................................
5.2  Company Authorization; No Contravention......................
5.3  Governmental Authorization...................................
5.4  Binding Effect...............................................
5.5  Litigation...................................................
5.6  No Default...................................................
5.7  ERISA Compliance.............................................
5.8  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations..........................
5.9  Title to Properties..........................................
5.10 Taxes........................................................
5.11 Financial Condition..........................................
5.12 Environmental Matters........................................
5.13 Regulated Entities...........................................
5.14 No Burdensome Restrictions...................................
5.15 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc............
5.16 Subsidiaries.................................................
5.17 Insurance....................................................
5.18 Full Disclosure..............................................
5.19 Year 2000....................................................



ARTICLE VIAFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS...................................
6.1  Financial Statements.........................................
6.2  Certificates; Other Information..............................
6.3  Notices......................................................
6.4  Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.....................
6.5  Maintenance of Property......................................
6.6  Insurance....................................................
6.7  Payment of Obligations.......................................
6.8  Compliance with Laws.........................................
6.9  Compliance with ERISA........................................
6.10 Inspection of Property and Books and Records.................
6.11 Environmental Laws...........................................
6.12 Use of Proceeds..............................................

ARTICLE VIINEGATIVE COVENANTS.....................................
7.1  Limitation on Liens..........................................
7.2  Sale of Assets...............................................
7.3  Consolidations and Mergers...................................
7.4  Limitation on Subsidiary Debt................................
7.5  Cash Flow Leverage...........................................
7.6  Transactions with Affiliates.................................
7.7  Use of Proceeds..............................................
7.8  Loans; Advances; and Contingent Obligations..................
7.9  Restricted Payments..........................................
7.10 ERISA........................................................
7.11 Change in Business...........................................
7.12 Accounting Changes...........................................

ARTICLE VIIIEVENTS OF DEFAULT.....................................
8.1  Event of Default.............................................
     (a)        Non-Payment.......................................
     (b)        Representation or Warranty........................
     (c)        Specific Defaults.................................
     (d)        Other Defaults....................................
     (e)        Cross-Default.....................................
     (f)        Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings.................
     (g)        Involuntary Proceedings...........................
     (h)        ERISA.............................................
     (i)        Monetary Judgments or Settlements.................
     (j)        Non-Monetary Judgments............................
     (k)        Change of Control.................................
     (l)        Adverse Change....................................
8.2  Remedies.....................................................
8.3  Rights Not Exclusive.........................................

ARTICLE IXTHE AGENT...............................................
9.1  Appointment and Authorization; "Agent".......................
9.2  Delegation of Duties.........................................
9.3  Liability of Agent...........................................
9.4  Reliance by Agent............................................
9.5  Notice of Default............................................
9.6  Credit Decision..............................................
9.7  Indemnification of Agent.....................................
9.8  Agent in Individual Capacity.................................
9.9  Successor Agent..............................................
9.10 Withholding Tax..............................................

ARTICLE XMISCELLANEOUS............................................
10.1  Amendments and Waivers......................................
10.2  Notices.....................................................
10.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..............................
10.4  Costs and Expenses..........................................
10.5  Company Indemnification.....................................
10.6  Payments Set Aside..........................................
10.7  Successors and Assigns......................................
10.8  Assignments, Participation, etc.............................
10.9  Confidentiality.............................................
10.10 Set-off.....................................................
10.11 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc.............
10.12 Counterparts................................................
10.13 Severability................................................
10.14 No Third Parties Benefited..................................
10.15 Governing Law and Jurisdiction..............................
10.16 Waiver of Jury Trial........................................
10.17 Entire Agreement............................................



SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1      Pricing Schedule
Schedule 2.1      Commitments and Pro Rata Shares
Schedule 5.5      Litigation
Schedule 5.7      ERISA
Schedule 5.11     Financial Condition
Schedule 5.12     Environmental Matters
Schedule 5.16     List of Subsidiaries and Equity Investments
Schedule 7.1      Permitted Liens
Schedule 7.8      Contingent Obligations
Schedule 10.2     Offshore and Domestic Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices


EXHIBITS

Exhibit A         Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B         Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C         Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D-1       Form of Legal Opinion of Counsel to the Company
Exhibit D-2       Form of Legal Opinion of FCC Counsel to the Company
Exhibit E         Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F         Form of Promissory Note






                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


This  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  is entered  into as of  December  24,  1998,  among LEE
ENTERPRISES,  INCORPORATED,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  BANK OF
AMERICA  NATIONAL  TRUST  AND  SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION  and the  several  financial
institutions  which  from  time  to  time  become  a  party  to  this  Agreement
(collectively the "Lenders";  individually each a "Lender"), and BANK OF AMERICA
NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the Lenders.

WHEREAS,  the Agent has  agreed to make  available  to the  Company a  revolving
credit facility upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  agreements,  provisions  and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

I.1  Certain Defined Terms. The following terms have the following meanings:

     Acceptable  Consideration  means,  with  respect  to  any  Transfer  of any
     Property of the Company or any Subsidiary,  cash consideration,  promissory
     notes or such other  consideration (or any combination of the foregoing) as
     is, in each case,  determined by the board of directors of the Company,  in
     its good faith opinion,  to be in the best interests of the Company and the
     Subsidiaries and to reflect the Fair Market Value of such Property.

     Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions for the
     purpose of or resulting,  directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of
     all or substantially  all of the assets of a Person,  or of any business or
     division  of a  Person,  (b) the  acquisition  of in  excess  of 50% of the
     capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or equity of any
     Person,  or otherwise  causing any Person to become a Subsidiary,  or (c) a
     merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other
     than a  Person  that is a  Subsidiary)  provided  that the  Company  or the
     Subsidiary is the surviving entity.

     Affiliate  means,  as to any Person,  any other Person  which,  directly or
     indirectly,  is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control
     with,  such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control  another Person if
     the  controlling  Person  possesses,  directly or indirectly,  the power to
     direct or cause the direction of the  management  and policies of the other
     Person,  whether  through the  ownership of voting  securities,  membership
     interests, by contract, or otherwise.

     Agent means BofA in its  capacity as  administrative  agent for the Lenders
     hereunder, and any successor agent arising under Section 9.9.

     Agent-Related  Persons  means BofA and any  successor  agent  arising under
     Section 9.9, together with their respective  Affiliates,  and the officers,
     directors,  employees,  agents and  attorneys-in-fact  of such  Persons and
     Affiliates.

     Agent's Payment Office means the address for payments set forth on Schedule
     10.2 or such other address as the Agent may from time to time specify.

     Agreement means this Credit Agreement.

     Applicable Margin means the specified  percentage set forth in Schedule 1.1
     opposite the applicable Cash Flow Leverage Ratio.

     Asset Sale - see Section 7.2.

     Assignee - see subsection 10.8(a).

     Attorney  Costs means and  includes all fees and  disbursements  of any law
     firm or other  external  counsel,  the  allocated  cost of  internal  legal
     services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

     Bankruptcy Code means the Federal  Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C.
     ss.101, et seq.).



     Base Rate means,  for any day, the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum above the
     latest  Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such
     day as  publicly  announced  from  time to  time by BofA in San  Francisco,
     California, as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate" is a rate set by
     BofA based upon various factors  including BofA's costs and desired return,
     general economic  conditions and other factors,  and is used as a reference
     point for pricing some loans,  which may be priced at, above, or below such
     announced  rate.) Any change in the reference  rate announced by BofA shall
     take effect at the opening of business on the day  specified  in the public
     announcement of such change.

     Base Rate Loan means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

     B of A means Bank of America  National  Trust and  Savings  Association,  a
     national banking association.

     Borrowing means a borrowing hereunder  consisting of Loans of the same Type
     made to the Company on the same day by the Lenders  under  Article II, and,
     in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period.

     Borrowing  Date means any date on which a Borrowing  occurs  under  Section
     2.3.

     Broadcast  Programming  Contracts  means  contracts  pursuant  to which the
     Company obtains rights to broadcast programs,  the cost of which is paid by
     the Company over a period of time related to the usage of the programs.

     Business  Day means any day other than a  Saturday,  Sunday or other day on
     which  commercial  banks in New York  City,  Chicago or San  Francisco  are
     authorized or required by law to close and, if the applicable  Business Day
     relates to any Offshore Rate Loan,  means such a day on which  dealings are
     carried on in the applicable offshore dollar interbank market.

     Capital Adequacy  Regulation  means any guideline,  request or directive of
     any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or
     regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case, regarding
     capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

     Capital Lease means,  at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee
     is required  concurrently  to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the
     incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.

     Capitalized  Lease  Obligations  means,  with  respect to any  Person,  all
     outstanding  obligations of such Person in respect of Capital Leases, taken
     at  the  capitalized  amount  thereof  accounted  for  as  indebtedness  in
     accordance with GAAP.

     Cash Flow Leverage Ratio means the ratio,  as at any fiscal quarter end, of
     (i)  Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness  at such fiscal quarter end to (ii)
     EBITDA for the Computation Period then ending.

     Change of Control means any event or happening which after the Closing Date
     results in the legal or beneficial ownership by any person or Control Group
     of the  number  of  outstanding  shares  of  Voting  Stock  of the  Company
     sufficient  to cast at least  30% of the votes  entitled  to be cast by the
     owners of all of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company.

     Closing Date means the date on which all conditions  precedent set forth in
     Section  4.1 are  satisfied  or waived by all  Lenders  (or, in the case of
     subsection 4.1(e),  waived by the Person entitled to receive the applicable
     payment).

     Code means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

     Commitment - see Section 2.1.

     Commitment  Fee Rate means the specified  percentage  set forth in Schedule
     1.1 opposite the Cash Flow Leverage Ratio.

     Company - see the Preamble.



     Compliance  Certificate  means a certificate  substantially  in the form of
     Exhibit C.

     Computation  Period  means each period of four full fiscal  quarters of the
     Company, ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter of the Company.

     Consolidated  Capitalization  means at any date the sum of (x) Consolidated
     Funded Indebtedness plus (y) Consolidated Net Worth, all as determined on a
     consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries.

     Consolidated Funded  Indebtedness means, at any date, without  duplication,
     all  Indebtedness  of the Company  and its  Subsidiaries,  determined  on a
     consolidated  basis,  referred to in clauses  (a),  (b), (c) and (d) of the
     definition of "Indebtedness" in this Section, all liabilities in respect of
     banker's  acceptances  and  Financial  Letters of Credit,  and all Guaranty
     Obligations  with  respect  to  liabilities  of  any  other  Person  of the
     foregoing types.

     Consolidated  Indebtedness  means,  at any date,  all  Indebtedness  of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis.

     Consolidated  Interest Expense for any period means the sum for the Company
     and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
     GAAP, of all amounts which would be deducted in computing  Consolidated Net
     Income on account of interest on Indebtedness  (including  imputed interest
     in  respect of  Capitalized  Lease  Obligations  and  amortization  of debt
     discount and expense).

     Consolidated  Net Income for any period means the net income of the Company
     and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in
     accordance with GAAP, excluding

     (a)  any gains arising from (i) the sale or other disposition of any assets
          (other than current assets) to the extent that the aggregate amount of
          the gains  during such  period  exceeds  the  aggregate  amount of the
          losses  during  such  period  from  the  sale,  abandonment  or  other
          disposition of assets (other than current  assets),  (ii) any write-up
          of assets or (iii) the  acquisition of  outstanding  securities of the
          Company or any Subsidiary;

     (b)  any amount representing any interest in the undistributed  earnings of
          any other Person (other than a Subsidiary);

     (c)  any earnings, prior to the date of acquisition, of any Person acquired
          in any manner,  and any earnings of any  Subsidiary  acquired prior to
          its becoming a Subsidiary;

     (d)  any  earnings of a  successor  to or  transferee  of the assets of the
          Company prior to its becoming such successor or transferee;

     (e)  any deferred  credit (or  amortization  of a deferred  credit) arising
          from the acquisition of any Person; and

     (f)  any extraordinary gains not covered by clause (b) above.

     Consolidated  Net  Worth  means,  at any date,  consolidated  shareholders'
     equity of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  determined in accordance  with
     GAAP.

     Consolidated  Total  Assets  means,  at any time,  the total  assets of the
     Company  and  its  Subsidiaries   that  would  be  shown  as  assets  on  a
     consolidated  balance  sheet of such  Persons  at such  time,  prepared  in
     accordance with GAAP, after  eliminating all amounts properly  attributable
     to minority interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of Subsidiaries.



     Contingent  Obligation  means,  as to any  Person,  any direct or  indirect
     liability  of that  Person,  whether  or not  contingent,  with or  without
     recourse, (a) with respect to any Indebtedness,  lease, dividend, letter of
     credit or other  obligation (the "primary  obligations")  of another Person
     (the "primary  obligor"),  including  any  obligation of that Person (i) to
     purchase,  repurchase or otherwise acquire such primary  obligations or any
     security  therefor,  (ii) to advance or  provide  funds for the  payment or
     discharge of any such primary obligation, or to maintain working capital or
     equity  capital of the primary  obligor or  otherwise  to maintain  the net
     worth or solvency or any balance  sheet item,  level of income or financial
     condition of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or
     services  primarily  for the  purpose  of  assuring  the  owner of any such
     primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
     such primary  obligation,  or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the
     holder of any such  primary  obligation  against  loss in  respect  thereof
     (each,  a  "Guaranty   Obligation")  (it  being  understood  that  Guaranty
     Obligations shall not include contingent indemnity obligations with respect
     to the  purchase  or sale of a  business  as to  which  no  claim  has been
     asserted  or is  anticipated);  (b) with  respect to any Surety  Instrument
     issued  for the  account  of that  Person  or as to which  that  Person  is
     otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or payments; (c) to purchase
     any  materials,  supplies or other property from, or to obtain the services
     of,  another Person if the relevant  contract or other related  document or
     obligation  requires  that  payment for such  materials,  supplies or other
     property,  or for  such  services,  shall  be made  regardless  of  whether
     delivery  of such  materials,  supplies  or other  property is ever made or
     tendered,  or such  services  are ever  performed  or  tendered;  or (d) in
     respect of any Swap. The amount of any Contingent  Obligation  shall (a) in
     the  case of  Guaranty  Obligations,  be  deemed  equal  to the  stated  or
     determinable  amount of the  primary  obligation  in  respect of which such
     Guaranty  Obligation  is made or, if not stated or if  indeterminable,  the
     maximum  reasonably  anticipated  liability in respect thereof,  (b) in the
     case of Swaps,  be determined in accordance  with the  definition of "Swap"
     herein and (c) in the case of other Contingent Obligations, be equal to the
     maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof.

     Contractual  Obligation  means,  as to any  Person,  any  provision  of any
     security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking,  contract,
     indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust  or  other  instrument,  document  or
     agreement  to  which  such  Person  is a party or by which it or any of its
     property is bound.

     "Control  Group" means any related  persons  constituting a "group" for the
     purposes  of  Section  13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
     amended.

     Conversion/Continuation  Date means any date on which,  under  Section 2.4,
     the Company (a) converts Loans of one Type to another Type or (b) continues
     as Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest Period,  Loans having an
     Interest Period expiring on such date.

     Dollars, dollars and $ each mean lawful money of the United States.

     EBITDA for any period  means  Consolidated  Net Income for such period plus
     all  amounts  deducted  in  the  computation  thereof  on  account  of  (a)
     Consolidated  Interest Expense, (b) depreciation and amortization  expenses
     and (c) income and profits taxes.

     Effective Date means the date on which the Agent has received  counterparts
     of this Agreement executed by the parties hereto.

     Eligible  Assignee means (a) a commercial  bank organized under the laws of
     the United States, or any state thereof,  and having a combined capital and
     surplus of at least $100,000,000; (b) a commercial bank organized under the
     laws of any  other  country  which  is a  member  of the  Organization  for
     Economic Cooperation and Development (the OECD), or a political subdivision
     of any such country,  and having a combined capital and surplus of at least
     $100,000,000,  provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency
     located in the United States; and (c) a Person that is primarily engaged in
     the  business  of  commercial  banking  and that is (i) a  Subsidiary  of a
     Lender, (ii) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary, or
     (iii) a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary.



     Environmental   Claims  means  all  claims,   however   asserted,   by  any
     Governmental  Authority or other  Person  alleging  potential  liability or
     responsibility  for violation of any  Environmental  Law, or for release or
     injury to the environment.

     Environmental Laws means all federal, state or local laws, statutes, common
     law duties,  rules,  regulations,  ordinances and codes,  together with all
     administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses,  authorizations
     and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities,  in each
     case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters.

     ERISA  means the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

     ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business  (whether or not  incorporated)
     under common  control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b)
     or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of
     provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

     ERISA Event means (a) a Reportable  Event with  respect to a Pension  Plan;
     (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate from a Pension Plan
     subject  to  Section  4063 of ERISA  during  a plan  year in which it was a
     substantial  employer  (as  defined  in Section  4001(a)(2)  of ERISA) or a
     substantial  cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal;
     (c) a complete or partial  withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
     from a Multiemployer  Plan or notification that a Multiemployer  Plan is in
     reorganization;  (d) the  filing of a notice of  intent to  terminate,  the
     treatment of a Pension Plan  amendment as a termination  under Section 4041
     or  4041A of  ERISA,  or the  commencement  of  proceedings  by the PBGC to
     terminate a Pension Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan; (e) an event or condition
     which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042
     of ERISA  for the  termination  of,  or the  appointment  of a  trustee  to
     administer,  any Pension Plan or Multiemployer  Plan; or (f) the imposition
     of any liability under Title IV of ERISA,  other than PBGC premiums due but
     not delinquent  under Section 4007 of ERISA,  upon the Company or any ERISA
     Affiliate.

     Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage has the meaning specified in the definition
     of "Offshore Rate".

     Event of Default - see Section 8.1.

     Exchange Act means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  and  regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

     Fair Market Value means, with respect to any Property at any time, the sale
     value of such  Property that would be realized in an  arm's-length  sale at
     such time  between an informed  and  willing  buyer,  and an  informed  and
     willing seller, under no compulsion to buy or sell, respectively.

     Federal  Funds Rate  means,  for any day,  the rate set forth in the weekly
     statistical release designated as H.15(519),  or any successor publication,
     published  by the  Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York  (including  any such
     successor,  "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the caption
     "Federal Funds  (Effective)";  or, if for any relevant day such rate is not
     so published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such day will
     be the arithmetic mean as determined by the Agent of the rates for the last
     transaction  in overnight  Federal funds  arranged  prior to 9:00 a.m. (New
     York City  time) on that day by each of three  leading  brokers  of Federal
     funds transactions in New York City selected by the Agent.

     Fee Letter - see subsection 2.9(a).

     Financial  Letter of Credit  means a Letter of Credit that is a  "financial
     letter of  credit"  as defined  in the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
     Reserve  System's Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines,  Regulation H, Appendix A,
     effective  March 15, 1989, as such  classification  may change from time to
     time, as determined by the Agent, which  determination shall be conclusive,
     absent demonstrable error.



     FRB means the Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System,  and any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

     Further  Taxes  means  any  and  all  present  or  future  taxes,   levies,
     assessments,  imposts,  duties,  deductions,  fees, withholdings or similar
     charges   (including  net  income  taxes  and  franchise  taxes),  and  all
     liabilities with respect thereto, imposed by any jurisdiction on account of
     amounts payable or paid pursuant to Section 3.1.

     GAAP means generally accepted accounting  principles set forth from time to
     time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board
     and the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and statements
     and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies
     with similar functions of comparable  stature and authority within the U.S.
     accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the
     date of determination.

     Governmental  Authority means any nation or government,  any state or other
     political  subdivision  thereof,  any central bank (or similar  monetary or
     regulatory   authority)   thereof,   any   entity   exercising   executive,
     legislative,   judicial,  regulatory  or  administrative  functions  of  or
     pertaining  to  government,  and any  corporation  or other entity owned or
     controlled,  through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the
     foregoing.

     Guaranty  Obligation  has  the  meaning  specified  in  the  definition  of
     Contingent Obligation.

     Indebtedness  with  respect  to any  Person  means,  at any  time,  without
     duplication,

     (a)  its liabilities for borrowed money;

     (b)  its liabilities for the deferred  purchase price of property  acquired
          by such Person (excluding (i) accounts payable arising in the ordinary
          course  of  business  and not  overdue  by more  than 30 days or being
          contested  in good  faith and (ii)  deferred  payment  obligations  in
          respect  of  Broadcast  Programming  Contracts  entered  into  in  the
          ordinary course of business,  but including all liabilities created or
          arising under any conditional sale or other title retention  agreement
          with respect to any such property);

     (c)  its Capitalized Lease Obligations;

     (d)  all liabilities for borrowed money secured by any Lien on any property
          owned by such  Person  (whether  or not it has  assumed  or  otherwise
          become liable for such liabilities);

     (e)  all its liabilities in respect of Surety Instruments; and

     (f)  all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with respect to liabilities of
          any other Person of a type  described in any of clause (a) through (e)
          above.

     Indebtedness  of any Person shall include all obligations of such Person of
     the character described in clauses (a) through (f) above to the extent such
     Person remains legally liable in respect thereof  notwithstanding  than any
     such obligation is deemed to be extinguished under GAAP.

     Indemnified Liabilities - see Section 10.5.

     Indemnified Person - see Section 10.5.

     Independent Auditor - see subsection 6.1(a).

     Insolvency  Proceeding  means,  with  respect to any Person,  (a) any case,
     action or proceeding  with respect to such Person before any court or other
     Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization,  insolvency,
     liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or
     (b) any  general  assignment  for the  benefit of  creditors,  composition,
     marshaling  of assets  for  creditors,  or other,  similar  arrangement  in
     respect  of its  creditors  generally  or any  substantial  portion  of its
     creditors;  undertaken under U.S. Federal,  state or foreign law, including
     the Bankruptcy Code.



     Interest  Payment  Date means,  as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan,
     the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, as to any
     Base Rate Loan,  the last Business Day of each calendar  quarter,  provided
     that if any Interest Period for an Offshore Rate Loan exceeds three months,
     the date that falls  three  months  after the  beginning  of such  Interest
     Period and after each  Interest  Payment Date  thereafter  shall also be an
     Interest Payment Date.

     Interest Period means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period  commencing
     on the  Borrowing  Date of such Loan or, in the case of any  Offshore  Rate
     Loan, on the  Conversion/Continuation  Date on which such Loan is converted
     into or  continued  as an Offshore  Rate Loan,  and ending on the date one,
     two,  three or six months  thereafter  as  selected  by the  Company in its
     Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided that:

     (i)   if any  Interest  Period would  otherwise  end on a day that is not a
           Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the following
           Business  Day unless the result of such  extension  would be to carry
           such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such
           Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

     (ii)  any  Interest  Period  that  begins  on the  last  Business  Day of a
           calendar  month  (or  on a day  for  which  there  is no  numerically
           corresponding  day in the calendar  month at the end of such Interest
           Period) shall end on the last  Business Day of the calendar  month at
           the end of such Interest Period; and

     (iii) no Interest  Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the  Termination
           Date.

     IRS means the Internal  Revenue  Service,  and any  Governmental  Authority
     succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

     Lender - see the Preamble.

     Lending  Office  means,  as to any  Lender,  the  office or offices of such
     Lender  specified as its "Lending  Office" or "Domestic  Lending Office" or
     "Offshore  Lending  Office",  as the case may be, on Schedule 10.2, or such
     other  office or  offices as such  Lender may from time to time  notify the
     Company and the Agent.

     LIBOR has the meaning specified in the definition of "Offshore Rate".

     Lien  means  any  security  interest,  mortgage,  deed  of  trust,  pledge,
     hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
     (statutory  or other)  or  preferential  arrangement  of any kind or nature
     whatsoever in respect of any property  (including those created by, arising
     under  or  evidenced  by any  conditional  sale or  other  title  retention
     agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, or any financing
     lease  having  substantially  the  same  economic  effect  as  any  of  the
     foregoing,  but not  including  the interest of a lessor under an operating
     lease.

     Loan means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Company  under Article
     II. A Loan may be a Base Rate Loan or an Offshore  Rate Loan (each a "Type"
     of Loan).

     Loan  Documents  means this  Agreement,  any Notes,  the Fee Letter and all
     other  documents  delivered  to the  Agent  or  any  Lender  in  connection
     herewith.

     Margin Stock means "margin  stock" as such term is defined in Regulation T,
     U or X of the FRB.

     Material  Adverse  Effect  means (a) a  material  adverse  change  in, or a
     material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, financial condition
     or prospects of the Company or the Company and its Subsidiaries  taken as a
     whole;  (b) a material  impairment  of the  ability  of the  Company or any
     Subsidiary to perform its  obligations  under any Loan  Document;  or (c) a
     material  adverse  effect upon the legality,  validity,  binding  effect or
     enforceability against the Company or any Subsidiary of any Loan Document.



     Multiemployer  Plan means a  "multiemployer  plan",  within the  meaning of
     Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, with respect to which the Company or any ERISA
     Affiliate may have any liability.

     Net Proceeds Amount means,  with respect to any Transfer of Property by any
     Person, an amount, after income taxes in respect of such Transfer, equal to
     the result of (a) the aggregate amount of the consideration  (valued at the
     Fair Market Value of such  consideration at the time of the consummation of
     such  Transfer)  received by such person in respect of such Transfer  minus
     (b) all ordinary and reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses actually
     incurred by such Person in connection with such Transfer.

     Note means a promissory  note  executed by the Company in favor of a Lender
     pursuant to subsection 2.2(b), in substantially the form of Exhibit F.

     Notice of Borrowing means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

     Notice of Conversion/Continuation  means a notice in substantially the form
     of Exhibit B.

     Obligations means all advances, debts, liabilities,  obligations, covenants
     and duties  arising  under any Loan  Document  owing by the  Company to any
     Lender,  the Agent or any  Indemnified  Person,  whether direct or indirect
     (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to
     become due, or now existing or hereafter arising.

     Offshore Rate means, for any Interest Period, with respect to Offshore Rate
     Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate of interest per annum
     (rounded  upward  to the next  1/16th  of 1%)  determined  by the  Agent as
     follows:

     Offshore Rate =     LIBOR                   
                         1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
     Where,

          "Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage"  means for any day for any  Interest
          Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded
          upward to the next  1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day  (whether  or
          not  applicable to any Lender) under  regulations  issued from time to
          time  by the FRB  for  determining  the  maximum  reserve  requirement
          (including  any  emergency,  supplemental  or other  marginal  reserve
          requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency  funding (currently referred
          to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities"); and

          "LIBOR"  means the rate of interest per annum  determined by the Agent
          to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to the next 1/16th of 1%) of
          the  rates of  interest  per  annum at which  dollar  deposits  in the
          approximate  amount of the amount of the Loan to be made or  continued
          as, or converted into, an Offshore Rate Loan by the Agent and having a
          maturity  comparable to such Interest Period would be offered to major
          banks in the London interbank market at their request at approximately
          11:00 a.m.  (London time) two Business Days prior to the  commencement
          of such Interest Period.

          The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted  automatically  as to all Offshore
          Rate Loans then  outstanding as of the effective date of any change in
          the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

          Offshore  Rate Loan  means a Loan  that  bears  interest  based on the
          Offshore Rate.

     Organization  Documents  means,  for any  corporation,  the  certificate or
     articles of incorporation,  the bylaws, any certificate of determination or
     instrument  relating  to the  rights  of  preferred  shareholders  of  such
     corporation,   any  shareholder   rights  agreement,   and  all  applicable
     resolutions  of the board of directors (or any  committee  thereof) of such
     corporation.

     Other Taxes means any present or future stamp court or documentary taxes or
     any other excise or property  taxes,  charges or similar levies which arise
     from  any  payment  made  hereunder  or  from  the   execution,   delivery,
     performance,  enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to,
     this Agreement or any other Loan Document.



     Participant - see subsection 10.8(c).

     PBGC means the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  or any Governmental
     Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under ERISA.

     Pension  Plan means a pension  plan (as  defined in Section  3(2) of ERISA)
     subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or any ERISA
     Affiliate may have any liability.

     Permitted  Acquisition  means an Acquisition  (a) (i) which is non-hostile,
     (ii) which  occurs when no Event of Default or  Unmatured  Event of Default
     exists or will result  therefrom  and (iii) after giving effect to which no
     Event of Default or  Unmatured  Event of Default  will exist on a pro forma
     basis  (assuming that such  Acquisition had occurred on the last day of the
     fiscal quarter most recently ended from the date which is one year prior to
     the date of such Acquisition).

     Permitted Liens means Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.1.

     Person means an individual,  partnership,  corporation,  limited  liability
     company,  business  trust,  joint  stock  company,  trust,   unincorporated
     association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

     Plan means an employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA)
     with respect to which the Company may have any liability.

     Property  means  real  or  personal  property  of  any  kind,  tangible  or
     intangible, choate or inchoate.

     Pro  Rata  Share  means,  as to any  Lender  at any  time,  the  percentage
     equivalent (expressed as a decimal,  rounded to the ninth decimal place) at
     such time of such Lender's  Commitment divided by the combined  Commitments
     of all Lenders.

     Replacement Lender - see Section 3.7.

     Reportable  Event means,  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of
     ERISA or the  regulations  thereunder,  other than any such event for which
     the 30-day notice  requirement  under ERISA has been waived in  regulations
     issued by the PBGC.

     Required Lenders means at any time Lenders then holding at least 66 2/3% of
     the then aggregate  unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or, if no amounts
     are  outstanding,  Lenders  then  having at least 66 2/3% of the  aggregate
     amount of the Commitments.

     Requirement of Law means, as to any Person,  any law (statutory or common),
     treaty,  rule or  regulation  or  determination  of an  arbitrator  or of a
     Governmental  Authority,  in each case  applicable  to or binding  upon the
     Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property
     is subject.

     Responsible Officer means the chief executive officer,  the president,  the
     chief financial officer,  chief accounting officer, or the treasurer of the
     Company,  or any other officer having  substantially the same authority and
     responsibility;  or, with respect to compliance  with financial  covenants,
     the chief financial  officer or the treasurer of the Company,  or any other
     officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

     Restricted Payment - see Section 7.9.

     Same Day Funds means immediately available funds.

     SEC means the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or any  Governmental
     Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

     Senior  Debt  means   Consolidated   Funded   Indebtedness  less  any  such
     Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness  of  the  Company,  subordinated  to the
     Obligations in form satisfactory to the Required Lenders.



     Spin-Off - see Section 7.2.

     Subsidiary  of a Person means any  corporation,  association,  partnership,
     limited liability company,  joint venture or other business entity of which
     more than 50% of the voting  stock,  membership  interests  or other equity
     interests  (in the case of Persons  other than  corporations),  is owned or
     controlled  directly or  indirectly  by the  Person,  or one or more of the
     Subsidiaries of the Person,  or a combination  thereof.  Unless the context
     otherwise clearly requires,  references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a
     Subsidiary of the Company.

     Subsidiary Stock - see Section 7.2.

     Substantial  Part  means,  at any time,  with  respect to any  Transfer  of
     Property,  any portion of Property of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  if
     the book value of the Property subject to such Transfer,  when added to the
     book value of all other Property of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  that
     was  subject to a Transfer  (other  than a  Transfer  described  in Section
     7.2(a)(i) or Section  7.2(b)(i)  through  Section  7.2(b)(iii),  inclusive)
     during  the then most  recently  ended  period of 12  consecutive  calendar
     months,  exceeds  an  amount  equal to 15% of  Consolidated  Total  Assets,
     determined as at the beginning of such 12 month period.

     Surety  Instruments  means all  letters of credit  (including  standby  and
     commercial),  banker's  acceptances,  bank  guaranties,  surety  bonds  and
     similar instruments.

     Swap means, with respect to any Person, any payment obligation with respect
     to any interest rate swap,  currency swap or similar obligation  obligating
     such Person to make payments, whether periodically or upon the happening of
     a  contingency.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  the  amount of the
     obligation under any Swap shall be the amount determined in respect thereof
     as of the end of the  then  most  recently  ended  fiscal  quarter  of such
     Person, based on the assumption that such Swap had terminated at the end of
     such fiscal  quarter,  and in making such  determination,  if any agreement
     relating to such Swap provides for the netting of amounts payable by and to
     such  Person  thereunder  or  if  any  such  agreement   provides  for  the
     simultaneous  payment of amounts by and to such  Person,  then in each such
     case, the amount of such obligation shall be the net amount so determined.

     Taxes  means any and all  present  or future  taxes,  levies,  assessments,
     imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings, fees, withholdings or
     similar  charges,  and all liabilities  with respect thereto imposed by any
     Governmental  Authority,  excluding,  in the  case of each  Lender  and the
     Agent,  such taxes (including income taxes or franchise taxes) as are taxes
     imposed  on or  measured  by its net  income  by the  jurisdiction  (or any
     political  subdivision  thereof) under the laws of which such Lender or the
     Agent, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a lending office.

     Termination Date means the earlier to occur of:

     (a)  December 24, 2003; and

     (b)  the date on which the  Commitments  terminate in  accordance  with the
          provisions of this Agreement.

     Transfer - see Section 7.2.

     Type has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."

     Unfunded  Pension  Liability  means the excess of a Pension  Plan's benefit
     liabilities  under Section  4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of
     that Plan's assets,  determined in accordance with the assumptions used for
     funding  the  Pension  Plan  pursuant  to  Section  412 of the Code for the
     applicable plan year.

     United States and U.S. each means the United States of America.

     Unmatured Event of Default means any event or circumstance  which, with the
     giving  of  notice,  the  lapse of time,  or both,  would  (if not cured or
     otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.



     Voting Interests means, with respect to any Person,  any shares of stock or
     other equity interests of any class or classes of such Person whose holders
     are entitled under ordinary  circumstances  (irrespective of whether at the
     time stock or other equity  interests  of any other class or classes  shall
     have  or  might  have  voting  power  by  reason  of the  happening  of any
     contingency)  to vote for the  election  of a  majority  of the  directors,
     managers, trustees or other governing body of such Person.

     Wholly-Owned   Subsidiary  means  any  corporation  in  which  (other  than
     directors'  qualifying shares required by law) 100% of the capital stock of
     each class having ordinary  voting power,  and 100% of the capital stock of
     every other class, in each case, at the time as of which any  determination
     is being made, is owned,  beneficially and of record, by the Company, or by
     one or more of the other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

I.2  Other Interpretive Provisions.

     (a)  The meanings of defined  terms are equally  applicable to the singular
          and plural forms of the defined terms.

     (b)  The words "hereof",  "herein",  "hereunder" and similar words refer to
          this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular  provision of this
          Agreement;  and subsection,  Section,  Schedule and Exhibit references
          are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

     (c)  (i) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,  documents,
          agreements,  certificates,  indentures,  notices  and other  writings,
          however evidenced.

          (ii)  The  term  "including"  is not  limiting  and  means  "including
                without limitation."

          (iii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a
                later   specified   date,   the  word  "from"  means  "from  and
                including";  the  words  "to"  and  "until"  each  mean  "to but
                excluding", and the word "through" means "to and including."

     (d)  Unless  otherwise   expressly   provided  herein,  (i)  references  to
          agreements   (including   this   Agreement)   and  other   contractual
          instruments  shall be deemed to include all subsequent  amendments and
          other  modifications  thereto,  but only to the extent such amendments
          and other  modifications  are not  prohibited by the terms of any Loan
          Document,  and (ii)  references to any statute or regulation are to be
          construed  as  including  all  statutory  and  regulatory   provisions
          consolidating,  amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the
          statute or regulation.

     (e)  The captions and headings of this  Agreement  are for  convenience  of
          reference  only  and  shall  not  affect  the  interpretation  of this
          Agreement.

     (f)  This  Agreement  and other Loan  Documents  may use several  different
          limitations,  tests or  measurements  to regulate  the same or similar
          matters.  All such limitations,  tests and measurements are cumulative
          and shall each be performed  in  accordance  with their terms.  Unless
          otherwise  expressly  provided herein,  any reference to any action of
          the Agent,  the  Lenders or the  Required  Lenders by way of  consent,
          approval  or  waiver  shall  be  deemed  modified  by the  phrase  "in
          its/their sole discretion."

     (g)  This  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents  are the  result  of
          negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the
          Company and the other  parties,  and are the  products of all parties.
          Accordingly,  they shall not be  construed  against the Lenders or the
          Agent merely  because of the Agent's or Lenders'  involvement in their
          preparation.

I.3  Accounting  Principles.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all
     accounting terms not expressly  defined herein shall be construed,  and all
     financial  computations  required  under this  Agreement  shall be made, in
     accordance with GAAP,  consistently  applied;  provided that if the Company
     notifies the Agent that the Company wishes to amend any covenant in Article
     VII to eliminate  the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such
     covenant (or if the Agent  notifies  the Company that the Required  Lenders
     wish to amend Article VII for such purpose),  then the Company's compliance
     with  such  covenant  shall be  determined  on the  basis of GAAP in effect
     immediately  before the  relevant  change in GAAP became  effective,  until
     either such  notice is  withdrawn  or such  covenant is amended in a manner
     satisfactory to the Company and the Required Lenders.



                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS

II.1   Amounts and Terms of Commitments.  Each Lender severally  agrees,  on the
       terms and conditions set forth herein, to make loans to the Company (each
       such loan,  a "Loan")  from time to time on any  Business  Day during the
       period from the Closing  Date to the  Termination  Date,  in an aggregate
       amount  not to exceed at any time  outstanding  the  amount  set forth on
       Schedule 2.1 (such  amount,  as the same may be reduced under Section 2.5
       or revised as a result of one or more  assignments  under  Section  10.8,
       such  Lender's  "Commitment");  provided,  however,  that  the  aggregate
       principal  amount of all  outstanding  Loans shall not at any time exceed
       the combined  Commitments;  and  provided,  further,  that the  aggregate
       principal  amount of the Loans of any Lender shall not at any time exceed
       such Lender's Commitment.  Within the limits of each Lender's Commitment,
       and subject to the other  terms and  conditions  hereof,  the Company may
       borrow  under this Section  2.1,  prepay  under  Section 2.6 and reborrow
       under this Section 2.1.

II.2   Loan  Accounts.  

       (a)  The Loans  made by each  Lender  shall be  evidenced  by one or more
            accounts or records maintained by such Lender in the ordinary course
            of  business.  The accounts or records  maintained  by the Agent and
            each  Lender  shall be  conclusive  (absent  manifest  error) of the
            amount of the Loans  made by the  Lenders  to the  Company,  and the
            interest and payments thereon. Any failure so to record or any error
            in doing so shall  not,  however,  limit  or  otherwise  affect  the
            obligation  of the Company  hereunder  to pay any amount  owing with
            respect to the Loans.

       (b)  Upon the  request of any Lender made  through  the Agent,  the Loans
            made by such Lender may be evidenced  by one or more Notes,  instead
            of or in addition to loan  accounts.  Each such Lender shall endorse
            on the  schedules  annexed  to its  Note(s)  the  date,  amount  and
            maturity  of each Loan made by it and the amount of each  payment of
            principal made by the Company with respect thereto. Each such Lender
            is irrevocably  authorized by the Company to endorse its Note(s) and
            each Lender's  record shall be  conclusive  absent  manifest  error;
            provided, however, that the failure of a Lender to make, or an error
            in making,  a notation  thereon  with  respect to any Loan shall not
            limit or otherwise  affect the obligations of the Company  hereunder
            or under any such Note to such Lender.

II.3   Procedure  for  Borrowing.  

       (a)  Each Borrowing shall be made upon the Company's  irrevocable written
            notice  delivered  to the Agent in the form of a Notice of Borrowing
            (which  notice  must be  received  by the Agent  prior to 11:00 a.m.
            (Chicago  time)  (i)  three  Business  Days  prior to the  requested
            Borrowing Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans;  and (ii) on the
            requested   Borrowing   Date,  in  the  case  of  Base  Rate  Loans)
            specifying:

            (A)  the amount of the  Borrowing,  which  shall be in an  aggregate
                 amount  not  less  than  $2,500,000  or a  higher  multiple  of
                 $1,000,000;

            (B)  the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;

            (C)  the Type of Loans comprising the Committed Borrowing;

            (D)  in the case of a Borrowing of Offshore Rate Loans, the duration
                 of the Interest Period therefor; and

            provided  that  with  respect  to the  Borrowing  to be  made on the
            Closing  Date,  the Notice of  Borrowing  shall be  delivered to the
            Agent not  later  than 9:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) one  Business  Day
            before the Closing Date and such Borrowing will consist of Base Rate
            Loans only.



       (b)  Each  Lender  will  make the  amount  of its Pro Rata  Share of each
            Borrowing  available  to the Agent for the account of the Company at
            the Agent's  Payment  Office on the Borrowing  Date requested by the
            Company in Same Day Funds by 12:00 noon (Chicago Time). The proceeds
            of all such Loans will then be made  available to the Company by the
            Agent at such office by crediting  the account of the Company on the
            books of BofA with the  aggregate of the amounts  made  available to
            the Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Agent.

       (c)  After giving effect to any Borrowing,  there may not be more than 10
            different Interest Periods in effect.

II.4   Conversion  and  Continuation  Elections.   

       (a)  The Company may,  upon  irrevocable  written  notice to the Agent in
            accordance with subsection 2.4(b):

            (i)  elect,  as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Loans,
                 or as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, in the
                 case of Offshore Rate Loans,  to convert any such Loans (or any
                 part thereof in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 or
                 a higher  integral  multiple of  $1,000,000)  into Loans of any
                 other Type; or

            (ii) elect as of the last day of the applicable  Interest Period, to
                 continue any Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such day
                 (or any part thereof in an amount not less than $1,000,000 or a
                 higher integral multiple of $1,000,000);

            provided that if at any time the  aggregate  amount of Offshore Rate
            Loans  in  respect  of  any   Borrowing  is  reduced,   by  payment,
            prepayment,   or  conversion  of  part  thereof,  to  be  less  than
            $1,000,000,  such  Offshore Rate Loans shall  automatically  convert
            into Base Rate Loans and the right of the Company to  continue  such
            Loans as and  convert  such Loans  into  Offshore  Rate Loans  shall
            terminate.

       (b)  The Company shall deliver a Notice of  Conversion/Continuation to be
            received  by the Agent not later  than 9:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) at
            least    (i)   three    Business    Days   in    advance    of   the
            Conversion/Continuation  Date, if the Loans are to be converted into
            or  continued as Offshore  Rate Loans;  and (ii) one Business Day in
            advance of the Conversion/Continuation  Date, if the Loans are to be
            converted into Base Rate Loans, specifying:

            (A)  the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

            (B)  the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or continued;

            (C)  the Type of Loans  resulting  from the proposed  conversion  or
                 continuation; and

            (D)  in the  case of  conversions  into  Offshore  Rate  Loans,  the
                 duration of the requested Interest Period.

       (c)  If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to Offshore
            Rate Loans,  the Company has failed to select  timely a new Interest
            Period to be applicable  to such  Offshore  Rate Loans,  the Company
            shall be deemed to have elected to convert such  Offshore Rate Loans
            into Base Rate Loans  effective  as of the  expiration  date of such
            Interest Period.  If the Company has failed to select a new Interest
            Period to be  applicable  to Offshore  Rate Loans prior to the third
            Business  Day in  advance  of the  expiration  date  of the  current
            Interest Period applicable thereto as provided in subsection 2.4(b),
            or if any Event of Default or Unmatured  Event of Default shall then
            exist,  the Company shall be deemed to have elected to continue such
            Offshore Rate Loans on the basis of a one month Interest Period.

       (d)  The Agent  will  promptly  notify  each  Lender of its  receipt of a
            Notice  of  Conversion/Continuation,  or,  if no  timely  notice  is
            provided by the Company,  the Agent will promptly notify each Lender
            of the details of any  automatic  conversion.  All  conversions  and
            continuations  shall be made  ratably  according  to the  respective
            outstanding principal amounts of the Loans with respect to which the
            notice was given held by each Lender.

       (e)  Unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent,  during the existence
            of an Event of Default or  Unmatured  Event of Default,  the Company
            may not  elect  to have a Loan  converted  into or  continued  as an
            Offshore Rate Loan.



       (f)  After giving  effect to any  conversion  or  continuation  of Loans,
            unless the Agent shall otherwise consent, there may not be more than
            ten different Interest Periods in effect.

II.5   Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments.  The Company may, upon
       not less than three Business  Days' prior notice to the Agent,  terminate
       the  Commitments,  or permanently  reduce the Commitments by an aggregate
       amount of $2,500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000; unless,
       after giving effect  thereto and to any  prepayments of Loans made on the
       effective date thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans would
       exceed  the  amount of the  combined  Commitments  then in  effect.  Once
       reduced in  accordance  with this  Section,  the  Commitments  may not be
       increased.  Any  reduction  of the  Commitments  shall be applied to each
       Lender according to its Pro Rata Share.  All accrued  commitment fees to,
       but not including,  the effective date of any reduction or termination of
       Commitments,  shall be paid on the  effective  date of such  reduction or
       termination.

II.6   Optional Prepayments.  Subject to Section 3.4, the Company may, from time
       to time, upon not less than one Business Day's irrevocable  notice to the
       Agent  in  the  case  of  Base  Rate  Loans,  and  three  Business  Days'
       irrevocable  notice  to the  Agent in the case of  Offshore  Rate  Loans,
       ratably  prepay  Loans  in  whole  or in  part,  in  minimum  amounts  of
       $5,000,000 or a higher  integral  multiple of $1,000,000.  Such notice of
       prepayment  shall specify the date and amount of such  prepayment and the
       Loans to be prepaid.  The Agent will  promptly  notify each Lender of its
       receipt of any such notice,  and of such  Lender's Pro Rata Share of such
       prepayment.  If such notice is given by the  Company,  the Company  shall
       make such  prepayment  and the payment  amount  specified  in such notice
       shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with, in
       the case of Offshore  Rate Loans,  accrued  interest to each such date on
       the amount prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to Section 3.4.

II.7   Repayment. The Company shall repay to the Lenders on the Termination Date
       the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding on such date.

II.8   Interest.  

       (a)  Each Loan shall bear interest on the  outstanding  principal  amount
            thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a rate per annum equal
            to the  Offshore  Rate or the  Base  Rate,  as the  case may be (and
            subject to the Company's  right to convert to the other Type of Loan
            under Section  2.4),  plus the  Applicable  Margin as in effect from
            time to time.

       (b)  Interest  on each Loan  shall be paid in  arrears  on each  Interest
            Payment  Date.  Interest  also  shall  be  paid  on the  date of any
            prepayment  of Offshore Rate Loans under Section 2.6 for the portion
            of the Loans so prepaid and upon payment  (including  prepayment) in
            full thereof. During the existence of any Event of Default, interest
            shall be paid on  demand  of the  Agent at the  request  or with the
            consent of the Required Lenders.

       (c)  Notwithstanding  subsection (a) of this Section,  while any Event of
            Default exists or after acceleration, the Company shall pay interest
            (after as well as before  entry of  judgment  thereon  to the extent
            permitted by law) on the principal  amount of all outstanding  Loans
            and, to the extent  permitted by applicable law, on any other amount
            payable  hereunder or under any other Loan  Document,  at a rate per
            annum equal to the rate otherwise applicable thereto pursuant to the
            terms  hereof or such other Loan  Document  (or,  if no such rate is
            specified,  the Base Rate) plus 2% and after any applicable Interest
            Period at the Base Rate plus 2%. All such interest  shall be payable
            on demand.

       (d)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  the obligations of
            the  Company  to  any  Lender  hereunder  shall  be  subject  to the
            limitation  that payments of interest  shall not be required for any
            period for which interest is computed hereunder,  to the extent (but
            only to the extent) that  contracting  for or receiving such payment
            by such  Lender  would  be  contrary  to the  provisions  of any law
            applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate of interest that
            may be lawfully  contracted for, charged or received by such Lender,
            and in such event the Company shall pay such Lender  interest at the
            highest rate permitted by applicable law.



II.9   Fees.

       (a)  Agency  Fees.  The  Company  shall  pay  an  arrangement  fee to the
            Arranger for the  Arranger's own account and shall pay an agency fee
            to the Agent for the  Agent's  own account as required by the letter
            agreement  ("Fee  Letter")  between  the Company and the Agent dated
            October 27, 1998.

       (b)  Commitment  Fees. The Company shall pay to the Agent for the account
            of each Lender a commitment  fee on the daily unused portion of such
            Lender's Commitment, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the
            last Business Day of each  calendar  quarter at the  Commitment  Fee
            Rate.  Such commitment fee shall accrue from the Closing Date to the
            Termination  Date and shall be due and payable  quarterly in arrears
            on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter  commencing on the
            Closing Date through the Termination Date, with the final payment to
            be made on the Termination  Date;  provided that, in connection with
            any  reduction  of  Commitments   under  Section  2.5,  the  accrued
            commitment  fee  calculated for the period ending on such date shall
            also be paid on the  date of  such  reduction,  with  the  following
            quarterly  payment being  calculated on the basis of the period from
            such reduction  date to such quarterly  payment date. The commitment
            fees provided in this subsection shall accrue at all times after the
            above-mentioned  commencement  date,  including  at any time  during
            which one or more conditions in Article IV are not met.

II.10  Computation of Fees and Interest. 

       (a)  All  computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate
            is determined by BofA's  "reference rate" shall be made on the basis
            of a year of 365 or 366 days,  as the case may be, and  actual  days
            elapsed.  All other  computations of fees and interest shall be made
            on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Interest and
            fees shall accrue during each period  during which  interest or such
            fees  are  computed  from  the  first  day  thereof  to the last day
            thereof.

       (b)  Each  determination  of an  interest  rate  by the  Agent  shall  be
            conclusive and binding on the Company and the Lenders in the absence
            of manifest error.  The Agent will, at the request of the Company or
            any Lender,  deliver to the Company or such Lender,  as the case may
            be,  a  statement  showing  the  quotations  used  by the  Agent  in
            determining any interest rate and the resulting interest rate.

II.11  Payments by the Company.

       (a)  All  payments  to be  made by the  Company  shall  be  made  without
            set-off,  recoupment or counterclaim.  Except as otherwise expressly
            provided  herein,  all payments by the Company  shall be made to the
            Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Agent's  Payment Office,
            and shall be made in Dollars and in immediately  available funds, no
            later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the date  specified  herein.
            The Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share
            (or other  applicable  share as expressly  provided  herein) of such
            payment in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Agent
            later than 12:00 noon  (Chicago  time)  shall be deemed to have been
            received on the following  Business Day and any applicable  interest
            or fee shall continue to accrue.

       (b)  Whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day, such
            payment shall be made on the following Business Day (unless,  in the
            case of an Offshore  Rate Loan,  the  following  Business  Day is in
            another  calendar month, in which case such payment shall be made on
            the preceding  Business  Day),  and such  extension of time shall in
            such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the
            case may be.

       (c)  Unless the Agent receives  notice from the Company prior to the date
            on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the Company will not
            make such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may assume
            that the Company has made such  payment in full to the Agent on such
            date in immediately available funds and the Agent may (but shall not
            be so  required),  in reliance upon such  assumption,  distribute to
            each Lender on such due date an amount  equal to the amount then due
            such  Lender.  If and to the  extent the  Company  has not made such
            payment in full to the Agent,  each Lender  shall repay to the Agent
            on demand such amount  distributed  to such  Lender,  together  with
            interest  thereon  at the  Federal  Funds Rate for each day from the
            date  such  amount  is  distributed  to such  Lender  until the date
            repaid.



II.12  Payments  by the  Lenders  to the Agent.  

       (a)  Unless the Agent  receives  notice  from a Lender on or prior to the
            date of a Borrowing  that such Lender will not make available as and
            when required  hereunder to the Agent for the account of the Company
            the amount of such  Lender's Pro Rata Share of such  Borrowing,  the
            Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount  available to
            the Agent in immediately  available  funds on the Borrowing Date and
            the Agent may (but shall not be so required),  in reliance upon such
            assumption,   make   available   to  the  Company  on  such  date  a
            corresponding amount. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have
            made its full amount available to the Agent in immediately available
            funds and the Agent in such  circumstances has made available to the
            Company such amount, such Lender shall on the Business Day following
            such  Borrowing  Date  make  such  amount  available  to the  Agent,
            together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate for each day during
            such  period.  A notice of the Agent  submitted  to any Lender  with
            respect  to  amounts  owing  under  this  subsection  (a)  shall  be
            conclusive,  absent  manifest  error.  If  such  amount  is so  made
            available,  such payment to the Agent shall constitute such Lender's
            Loan on the date of Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement. If
            such amount is not made  available  to the Agent on the Business Day
            following the Borrowing  Date,  the Agent will notify the Company of
            such  failure to fund and,  upon  demand by the Agent,  the  Company
            shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent's account, together
            with  interest  thereon for each day elapsed  since the date of such
            Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable
            at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing.

       (b)  The  failure  of any Lender to make any Loan on any  Borrowing  Date
            shall not relieve any other  Lender of any  obligation  hereunder to
            make  a  Loan  on  such  Borrowing  Date,  but no  Lender  shall  be
            responsible  for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to
            be made by such other Lender on any Borrowing Date.

II.13  Sharing of Payments,  Etc. If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere
       herein,  any Lender  shall  obtain on account of the Loans made by it any
       payment  (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through the  exercise of any
       right of set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its Pro Rata Share (or other
       share contemplated  hereunder),  such Lender shall immediately (a) notify
       the  Agent of such fact and (b)  purchase  from the  other  Lenders  such
       participation  in the Loans made by them as shall be  necessary  to cause
       such purchasing  Lender to share the excess payment pro rata with each of
       them;  provided  that if all or any  portion  of such  excess  payment is
       thereafter  recovered from the purchasing Lender,  such purchase shall to
       that  extent  be  rescinded  and each  other  Lender  shall  repay to the
       purchasing  Lender the purchase  price paid  therefor,  together  with an
       amount equal to such paying  Lender's  ratable  share  (according  to the
       proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender's  required  repayment
       to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing  Lender) of any
       interest  or other  amount  paid or payable by the  purchasing  Lender in
       respect of the total  amount so  recovered.  The Company  agrees that any
       Lender so  purchasing a  participation  from  another  Lender may, to the
       fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  exercise  all its  rights of payment
       (including  the right of  set-off,  but  subject to Section  10.10)  with
       respect to such  participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct
       creditor  of the Company in the amount of such  participation.  The Agent
       will keep records  (which shall be conclusive  and binding in the absence
       of manifest error) of participation purchased under this Section and will
       in  each  case  notify  the  Lenders  following  any  such  purchases  or
       repayments.


                                   ARTICLE III

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

III.1  Taxes.  

       (a)  Any and all  payments  by the  Company  to each  Lender or the Agent
            under this  Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free
            and clear of, and without  deduction or withholding  for, any Taxes.
            In addition, the Company shall pay all Other Taxes.



       (b)  If the Company  shall be  required by law to deduct or withhold  any
            Taxes,  Other  Taxes or Further  Taxes from or in respect of any sum
            payable hereunder to any Lender or the Agent, then:

            (i)   the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that, after
                  making all required  deductions  and  withholdings  (including
                  deductions  and  withholdings  applicable to  additional  sums
                  payable under this Section),  such Lender or the Agent, as the
                  case may be,  receives  and retains an amount equal to the sum
                  it would have received and retained had no such  deductions or
                  withholdings been made;

            (ii)  the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings;

            (iii) the Company shall pay the full amount  deducted or withheld to
                  the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance
                  with applicable law; and

            (iv)  the Company shall also pay to each Lender or the Agent for the
                  account of such  Lender,  at the time  interest  is paid,  all
                  additional amounts which such Lender specifies as necessary to
                  preserve the after-tax yield the Lender would have received if
                  such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been imposed.

       (c)  The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless each Lender and
            the Agent for the full  amount of  Taxes,  Other  Taxes and  Further
            Taxes in the amount  that such  Lender  specifies  as  necessary  to
            preserve the after-tax yield such Lender would have received if such
            Taxes,  Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been  imposed,  and any
            liability  (including  penalties,  interest,  additions  to tax  and
            expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto,  whether or not
            such Taxes,  Other Taxes or Further Taxes were  correctly or legally
            asserted. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30
            days after the date such  Lender or the Agent makes  written  demand
            therefor.

       (d)  Within  30 days  after the date of any  payment  by the  Company  of
            Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes (as required by ss.3.1(c)),  the
            Company shall furnish to each Lender and the Agent the original or a
            certified copy of a receipt  evidencing  payment  thereof,  or other
            evidence of payment satisfactory to such Lender or the Agent.

       (e)  If the  Company is  required  to pay any amount to any Lender or the
            Agent pursuant to subsection  (b) or (c) of this Section,  then such
            Lender  shall use  reasonable  efforts  (consistent  with  legal and
            regulatory  restrictions)  to change the jurisdiction of its Lending
            Office or take other appropriate  action so as to eliminate any such
            additional  payment by the Company which may thereafter  accrue,  if
            such change or other  action in the sole  judgment of such Lender is
            not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

III.2  Illegality. 

       (a)  If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Requirement of
            Law,  or  any  change  in  any   Requirement   of  Law,  or  in  the
            interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made
            it  unlawful,  or  that  any  central  bank  or  other  Governmental
            Authority  has asserted  that it is unlawful,  for any Lender or its
            applicable  Lending  Office to make  Offshore  Rate Loans,  then, on
            notice thereof by the Lender to the Company  through the Agent,  any
            obligation  of that  Lender to make  Offshore  Rate  Loans  shall be
            suspended  until the Lender  notifies the Agent and the Company that
            the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

       (b)  If a Lender  determines that it is unlawful to maintain any Offshore
            Rate Loan,  the  Company  shall,  upon its receipt of notice of such
            fact and demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Agent),  prepay
            in full such  Offshore  Rate Loans of that Lender then  outstanding,
            together with interest  accrued  thereon and amounts  required under
            Section 3.4,  either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof,
            if the Lender may lawfully  continue to maintain  such Offshore Rate
            Loans to such day, or  immediately,  if the Lender may not  lawfully
            continue  to maintain  such  Offshore  Rate Loan.  If the Company is
            required to so prepay any Offshore Rate Loan, then concurrently with
            such prepayment,  the Company shall borrow from the affected Lender,
            in the amount of such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.



       (c)  If the  obligation  of any Lender to make or maintain  Offshore Rate
            Loans has been so terminated or suspended, the Company may elect, by
            giving  notice to the Lender  through the Agent that all Loans which
            would  otherwise be made by the Lender as Offshore  Rate Loans shall
            be instead Base Rate Loans.

       (d)  Before  giving  any  notice to the Agent  under  this  Section,  the
            affected  Lender  shall  designate a different  Lending  Office with
            respect to its Offshore  Rate Loans if such  designation  will avoid
            the need for giving  such notice or making such demand and will not,
            in  the   judgment   of  the   Lender,   be  illegal  or   otherwise
            disadvantageous to the Lender.

III.3  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

       (a)  If after the date hereof any Lender  determines  that, due to either
            (i) the  introduction of or any change (other than any change by way
            of imposition of or increase in reserve requirements included in the
            calculation of the Offshore Rate) in or in the interpretation of any
            law or  regulation  or (ii) the  compliance  by that Lender with any
            guideline  or request  from any central  bank or other  Governmental
            Authority  (whether or not having the force of law),  there shall be
            any  increase  in the cost to such  Lender  of  agreeing  to make or
            making,  funding or  maintaining  any Offshore  Rate Loan,  then the
            Company  shall be  liable  for,  and shall  from time to time,  upon
            demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Agent),  pay to
            the Agent for the account of such Lender,  additional amounts as are
            sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased costs.

       (b)  If after the date hereof any Lender shall have  determined  that (i)
            the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change
            in  any  Capital  Adequacy  Regulation,  (iii)  any  change  in  the
            interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy  Regulation
            by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the
            interpretation or administration  thereof, or (iv) compliance by the
            Lender (or its Lending  Office) or any  corporation  controlling the
            Lender with any Capital Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect
            the amount of capital  required or expected to be  maintained by the
            Lender or any  corporation  controlling  the Lender and (taking into
            consideration  such  Lender's or such  corporation's  policies  with
            respect to capital  adequacy  and such  Lender's  desired  return on
            capital)  determines that the amount of such capital is increased as
            a consequence of its Commitment, loans, credits or obligations under
            this  Agreement,  then,  upon  demand of such  Lender to the Company
            through the Agent, the Company shall pay to the Lender, from time to
            time as specified by the Lender,  additional  amounts  sufficient to
            compensate the Lender for such increase.

III.4  Funding  Losses.  The Company shall  reimburse  each Lender and hold each
       Lender  harmless from any loss or expense which the Lender may sustain or
       incur as a consequence of:

       (a   the failure of the Company to make on a timely  basis any payment of
            principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

       (b   the  failure of the  Company to borrow,  continue  or convert a Loan
            after the Company has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of
            Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

       (c   the failure of the Company to make any prepayment in accordance with
            any notice delivered under Section 2.6;

       (d   the  prepayment  or  other  payment  (including  after  acceleration
            thereof) of an Offshore  Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day
            of the relevant Interest Period; or

       (e   the automatic conversion under Section 2.4 of any Offshore Rate Loan
            to a Base  Rate  Loan  on a day  that  is not  the  last  day of the
            relevant Interest Period;

       including  any such  loss or  expense  arising  from the  liquidation  or
       reemployment  of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans
       or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were
       obtained.  For purposes of calculating  amounts payable by the Company to
       the Lenders under this Section and under subsection 3.3(a), each Offshore
       Rate Loan made by a Lender (and each related reserve,  special deposit or
       similar  requirement) shall be conclusively deemed to have been funded at
       the LIBOR used in  determining  the Offshore  Rate for such Offshore Rate
       Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the interbank eurodollar
       market for a comparable  amount and for a comparable  period,  whether or
       not such Offshore Rate Loan is in fact so funded.



III.5  Inability to Determine Rates. If the Agent determines that for any reason
       adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for  determining the Offshore
       Rate  for any  requested  Interest  Period  with  respect  to a  proposed
       Offshore  Rate Loan,  or any Lender  determines  that the  Offshore  Rate
       applicable  pursuant  to  subsection  2.8(a) for any  requested  Interest
       Period with respect to a proposed  Offshore Rate Loan does not adequately
       and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender of funding such Loan the Agent
       will  promptly  so notify the Company and each  Lender.  Thereafter,  the
       obligation  of the  Lenders  to make or  maintain  Offshore  Rate  Loans,
       hereunder  shall be  suspended  until the Agent  revokes  such  notice in
       writing.  Upon receipt of such notice,  the Company may revoke any Notice
       of Borrowing or Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  then submitted by it.
       If the Company  does not revoke  such  Notice,  the  Lenders  shall make,
       convert or continue the Loans, as proposed by the Company,  in the amount
       specified in the  applicable  notice  submitted by the Company,  but such
       Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans instead of
       Offshore Rate Loans.

III.6  Certificates   of  Lenders.   Any  Lender   claiming   reimbursement   or
       compensation  under this Article III shall deliver to the Company (with a
       copy to the Agent) a certificate  setting forth in reasonable  detail the
       amount  payable to the Lender  hereunder  and such  certificate  shall be
       conclusive and binding on the Company in the absence of manifest error.

III.7  Substitution of Lenders.  Upon the receipt by the Company from any Lender
       (an "Affected  Lender") of a claim for compensation  under Section 3.3 or
       of a notice under  Section 3.5, the Company may: (i) request the Affected
       Lender to use its best efforts to obtain a replacement  bank or financial
       institution  satisfactory  to the  Company to acquire and assume all or a
       ratable part of all of such  Affected  Lender's  Loans and  Commitment (a
       "Replacement  Lender");  (ii)  request  one more of the other  Lenders to
       acquire  and  assume  all or part of such  Affected  Lender's  Loans  and
       Commitment; or (iii) designate a Replacement Lender. Any such designation
       of a Replacement Lender under clause (i) or (iii) shall be subject to the
       prior  written   consent  of  the  Agent  (which  consent  shall  not  be
       unreasonably withheld).

III.8  Survival.  The agreements and  obligations of the Company in this Article
       III shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

IV.1   Conditions of Initial  Loans.  The  obligation of each Lender to make its
       initial  Loan is  subject  to the  condition  that the Agent  shall  have
       received all of the following,  in form and substance satisfactory to the
       Agent and each Lender, and in sufficient copies for each Lender:

       (a   Credit Agreement and Notes. This Agreement and the Notes executed by
            each party thereto:

       (b   Resolutions; Incumbency.

            (i   Copies  of the  resolutions  of the board of  directors  of the
                 Company  authorizing  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby,
                 certified  as of  the  Closing  Date  by  the  Secretary  or an
                 Assistant Secretary of the Company; and

            (ii  A certificate  of the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the
                 Company  certifying  the  names  and  true  signatures  of  the
                 officers of the  Company  authorized  to  execute,  deliver and
                 perform this Agreement, and the other documents to be delivered
                 by it hereunder.



       (c   Organization Documents;  Good Standing.  Originals or photocopies of
            each of the following documents:

            (i   the articles or certificate of incorporation  and the bylaws of
                 the Company as in effect on the Closing Date,  certified by the
                 Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company  as of the
                 Closing Date; and

            (ii  a good standing  certificate for the Company from the Secretary
                 of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its
                 state of incorporation;

       (d   Legal Opinions.

            An opinion of Lane & Waterman,  counsel to the Company and addressed
            to the Agent and the Lenders,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit
            D-1 and an opinion of Wiley, Rein & Fielding, special FCC counsel to
            the  Company   and   addressed   to  the  Agent  and  the   Lenders,
            substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2;

       (e   Payment of Fees.  Evidence  of payment by the Company of all accrued
            and unpaid fees,  costs and expenses payable to or incurred by or on
            behalf  of the  Agent  to the  extent  then due and  payable  on the
            Closing  Date,  together  with  Attorney  Costs of the  Agent to the
            extent  invoiced  prior  to  or  on  the  Closing  Date,  plus  such
            additional amounts of Attorney Costs as shall constitute the Agent's
            reasonable  estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by
            it through  the closing  proceedings  (provided  that such  estimate
            shall not thereafter preclude final settling of accounts between the
            Company and the Agent),  including any such costs, fees and expenses
            arising under or referenced in Sections 2.9 and 10.4.

       (f   Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated as
            of the Closing Date, stating that:

            (i   the representations  and warranties  contained in Article V are
                 true and correct on and as of such date,  as though made on and
                 as of such date;

            (ii  no Event of Default  or  Unmatured  Event of Default  exists or
                 would result from the initial Borrowing; and

            (iii since September 30, 1997, no event or circumstance has occurred
                 that has resulted or could  reasonably be expected to result in
                 a Material Adverse Effect.

       (g   Other  Documents.  Such  other  approvals,  opinions,  documents  or
            materials as the Agent or any Lender may request.

IV.2   Conditions to All Loans.  The  obligation of each Lender to make any Loan
       to be  made  by it is  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  following
       conditions precedent on the relevant Borrowing Date:

       (a   Notice. The Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing.

       (b   Continuation of Representations and Warranties.  The representations
            and  warranties  in Article V shall be true and correct on and as of
            such  Borrowing  Date  with the same  effect as if made on and as of
            such Borrowing Date (except to the extent such  representations  and
            warranties  expressly  refer to an earlier  date, in which case they
            shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

       (c   No  Existing  Default.  No Event of  Default or  Unmatured  Event of
            Default shall exist or shall result from such Borrowing.


Each Notice of Borrowing  submitted by the Company  hereunder shall constitute a
representation  and warranty by the Company  that, as of the date of such notice
and as of the applicable  Borrowing Date, the conditions in this Section 4.2 are
satisfied.



                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Lender that:

V.1   Company Existence and Power. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries:

      (a   is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and  in  good
           standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;

      (b   has  the  power  and   authority  and  all   governmental   licenses,
           authorizations, consents and approvals to own its assets, to carry on
           its business  and to execute,  deliver,  and perform its  obligations
           under the Loan Documents;

      (c   is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the laws
           of each  jurisdiction  where its  ownership,  lease or  operation  of
           property or the conduct of its business  requires such  qualification
           or license; and

      (d   is in compliance with all Requirements of Law;

           except,  in each case referred to in clause (c) or clause (d), to the
           extent that the failure to do so could not  reasonably be expected to
           have a Material Adverse Effect.

V.2    Company  Authorization;  No  Contravention.  The execution,  delivery and
       performance by the Company of this Agreement and each other Loan Document
       to which such Person is party have been duly  authorized by all necessary
       company action, and do not and will not:

       (a   contravene the terms of any of the Company's Organization Documents;

       (b   conflict  with or result in any breach or  contravention  of, or the
            creation of any Lien under, any document  evidencing any Contractual
            Obligation to which such Person is a party or any order, injunction,
            writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Person or
            its property is subject; or

       (c   violate any Requirement of Law.

V.3    Governmental    Authorization.    No   approval,    consent,   exemption,
       authorization,  or other  action  by, or notice to, or filing  with,  any
       Governmental  Authority is necessary or required in  connection  with the
       execution,  delivery  or  performance  by, or  enforcement  against,  the
       Company of the Agreement or any other Loan Document.

V.4    Binding  Effect.  This Agreement and each other Loan Document  constitute
       the legal,  valid and binding  obligations  of the  Company,  enforceable
       against the Company in accordance with their respective terms,  except as
       enforceability may be limited by applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or
       similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights generally or
       by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

V.5    Litigation.  Except as specifically  disclosed in Schedule 5.5, there are
       no actions,  suits,  proceedings,  claims or disputes  pending or, to the
       best  knowledge of the Company,  threatened or  contemplated,  at law, in
       equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority,  against the
       Company, or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties which:

       (a   purport  to affect or pertain  to this  Agreement  or any other Loan
            Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby;
            or

       (b   if determined  adversely to the Company or its  Subsidiaries,  would
            reasonably  be  expected  to  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  No
            injunction,  writ,  temporary  restraining order or any order of any
            nature has been issued by any court or other Governmental  Authority
            purporting  to  enjoin  or  restrain  the  execution,   delivery  or
            performance  of  this  Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Document,  or
            directing that the  transactions  provided for herein or therein not
            be consummated as herein or therein provided.



V.6    No Default.  No Event of Default or Unmatured  Event of Default exists or
       would result from the incurring of any Obligations by the Company.  As of
       the Closing  Date,  neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary is in default
       under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which,
       individually  or together  with all such  defaults,  could  reasonably be
       expected  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  or that  would,  if such
       default had occurred  after the Closing Date,  create an Event of Default
       under subsection 8.1(e).

V.7    ERISA Compliance. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.7:

       (a   Each  Plan  is in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with  the
            applicable  provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state
            law. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section  401(a) of
            the Code has received a favorable  determination letter from the IRS
            and to the best knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred which
            would  cause the loss of such  qualification.  The  Company and each
            ERISA  Affiliate  has made all  required  contributions  to any Plan
            subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding
            waiver  or an  extension  of any  amortization  period  pursuant  to
            Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

       (b   There  are  no  pending  or,  to  the  best  knowledge  of  Company,
            threatened   claims,   actions  or   lawsuits,   or  action  by  any
            Governmental Authority,  with respect to any Plan which has resulted
            or could  reasonably  be  expected  to result in a Material  Adverse
            Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the
            fiduciary  responsibility  rules with  respect to any Plan which has
            resulted  or could  reasonably  be  expected to result in a Material
            Adverse Effect.

       (c   (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably  expected to occur;
            (ii) no contribution  failure has occurred with respect to a Pension
            Plan  sufficient  to give  rise to a Lien  under  Section  312(f) of
            ERISA;  (iii) no Pension  Plan has any Unfunded  Pension  Liability;
            (iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate has  incurred,  or
            reasonably  expects to incur,  any liability under Title IV of ERISA
            with  respect to any Pension  Plan (other than  premiums due and not
            delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (v) neither the Company nor
            any ERISA  Affiliate has incurred,  or reasonably  expects to incur,
            any liability (and no event has occurred  which,  with the giving of
            notice under Section 4219 of ERISA,  would result in such liability)
            under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a  Multiemployer
            Plan;  and (vi)  neither  the Company  nor any ERISA  Affiliate  has
            engaged in a  transaction  that could be subject to Section  4069 or
            4212(c) of ERISA.

V.8    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.  The proceeds of the Loans are to be
       used solely for the purposes  set forth in and  permitted by Section 6.12
       and Section  7.7.  Neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary  is  generally
       engaged  in the  business  of  purchasing  or  selling  Margin  Stock  or
       extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

V.9    Title to Properties. The Company and each Subsidiary have good record and
       marketable  title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold  interests in, all
       real  property  necessary  or  used  in the  ordinary  conduct  of  their
       respective  businesses,  except  for such  defects in title as could not,
       individually or in the aggregate,  have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of
       each of the  Effective  Date and the Closing  Date,  the  property of the
       Company and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted
       Liens.

V.10   Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries  have filed all Federal and other
       material tax returns and reports  required to be filed, and have paid all
       Federal  and  other   material   taxes,   assessments,   fees  and  other
       governmental  charges  levied or imposed  upon them or their  properties,
       income or assets otherwise due and payable,  except those which are being
       contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
       reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed
       tax assessment against the Company or any Subsidiary that would, if made,
       have a Material Adverse Effect.



V.11   Financial Condition.

       (a)  The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
            Subsidiaries dated September 30, 1997 and the unaudited consolidated
            financial  statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries dated June
            30, 1998 and the related consolidated  statements of income and cash
            flows for the periods ended on such dates:

            (i   were  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied
                 throughout  the periods  covered  thereby,  except as otherwise
                 expressly  noted therein  subject,  in the case of the June 30,
                 1998  statements,   to  ordinary,  good  faith  year-end  audit
                 adjustments  and to the extent GAAP is  applicable to quarterly
                 financial statements;

            (ii  fairly  present the financial  condition of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries  as of the dates thereof and results of operations
                 for the periods covered thereby; and

            (iii except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule  5.11,  show all
                 material   indebtedness  and  other   liabilities,   direct  or
                 contingent, of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
                 of the dates thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material
                 commitments and Contingent Obligations.

       (b   Since September 30, 1997, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

V.12   Environmental  Matters.  The Company  conducts in the ordinary  course of
       business  a review  of the  effect  of  existing  Environmental  Laws and
       existing Environmental Claims on its business, operations and properties,
       and as a result thereof the Company has reasonably concluded that, except
       as specifically  disclosed in Schedule 5.12, such  Environmental Laws and
       Environmental  Claims  could  not,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,
       reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

V.13   Regulated  Entities.  None of the  Company,  any Person  controlling  the
       Company, or any Subsidiary, is an "Investment Company" within the meaning
       of the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940.  The  Company is not subject to
       regulation  under the Public  Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935,  the
       Federal  Power  Act,  the  Interstate  Commerce  Act,  any  state  public
       utilities  code,  or any other  Federal or state  statute  or  regulation
       limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

V.14   No Burdensome  Restrictions.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a
       party  to or bound  by any  Contractual  Obligation,  or  subject  to any
       restriction  in any  Organization  Document,  or any  Requirement of Law,
       which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

V.15   Copyrights,  Patents,  Trademarks  and Licenses,  etc. The Company or its
       Subsidiaries  own or are licensed or otherwise  have the right to use all
       of the patents,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  copyrights,
       contractual   franchises,   authorizations  and  other  rights  that  are
       reasonably  necessary for the operation of their  respective  businesses,
       without  conflict  with  the  rights  of any  other  Person.  To the best
       knowledge of the Company, no slogan or other advertising device, product,
       process, method,  substance,  part or other material now employed, or now
       contemplated to be employed,  by the Company or any Subsidiary  infringes
       upon  any  rights  held  by any  other  Person.  Except  as  specifically
       disclosed in Schedule  5.5, no claim or  litigation  regarding any of the
       foregoing is pending or  threatened,  and no patent,  invention,  device,
       application, principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard or
       code is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,  proposed, which, in
       either  case,  could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse
       Effect.

V.16   Subsidiaries.  As of the Closing  Date,  the Company has no  Subsidiaries
       other than those  specifically  disclosed  in part (a) of  Schedule  5.16
       hereto and has no equity  investments  (in excess of 10% of  Consolidated
       Capitalization)  in any other  corporation  or entity  other  than  those
       specifically disclosed in part (b) of Schedule 5.16.



V.17   Insurance. The properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries are insured
       with financially sound and reputable  insurance  companies not Affiliates
       of the Company, in such amounts,  with such deductibles and covering such
       risks  as  are  customarily  carried  by  companies  engaged  in  similar
       businesses and owning similar  properties in localities where the Company
       or such Subsidiary operates.

V.18   Full Disclosure.  None of the  representations  or warranties made by the
       Company in the Loan  Documents  as of the date such  representations  and
       warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements  contained
       in any  exhibit,  report,  statement  or  certificate  furnished by or on
       behalf of the Company in connection with the Loan Documents, contains any
       untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits any material fact required
       to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in
       light of the  circumstances  under which they are made, not misleading as
       of the time when made or delivered.

V.19   Year 2000.  The Company's  management  has completed an evaluation of the
       impact on the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  of the "Year 2000  problem"
       (that is, the  inability of  information  technology  ("IT")  systems and
       equipment using  microprocessors to recognize and process  date-sensitive
       information  after  1999 due to the use of only the  last two  digits  to
       refer to a year).  Evaluation of date-sensitive  publishing  equipment is
       expected to be  complete by December  31,  1998,  and the  evaluation  of
       broadcasting  equipment  is expected  to be  complete by March 31,  1999.
       Renovation and testing have been completed on all  significant IT systems
       that  utilize   Company-developed   software  that  were  not  Year  2000
       compliant,  with the exception of the newspaper  advertising system. That
       system has been renovated and is currently being tested.  Installation of
       the renovated  advertising  system is scheduled to be complete by January
       31, 1999. The Company has received representations that software material
       to the  Company's  operations  developed by outside  vendors is Year 2000
       compliant.  Testing of these  systems is expected to be complete by March
       31, 1999.  Installation of a new Year 2000-compliant  financial system is
       approximately  70%  complete  and is  expected to be complete by July 31,
       1999.  Testing of computer  hardware for IT systems is approximately  90%
       complete.  Renovation efforts and testing of such  systems/equipment  are
       expected to be complete by June 30, 1999.

       The Company  will  monitor the  progress of Year 2000  compliance  by its
       material vendors and suppliers whose  uninterrupted  delivery of products
       or  services  is  material  to  the  production  or  distribution  of the
       Company's print and broadcast products and services. Material vendors and
       suppliers  include  electric  utilities,  telecommunications,   news  and
       content  providers,  television  networks,  other television  programming
       suppliers, the U.S. Postal Service and financial institutions.

       The  Company  started  its Year  2000  efforts  in fiscal  1995.  Through
       September  30,  1998,  the  Company has spent  approximately  $500,000 to
       address Year 2000  problems for IT systems  (exclusive of the cost of the
       new financial, newspaper production and other systems that were scheduled
       to be replaced before 2000 for reasons other than Year 2000  compliance).
       The  Company's  total costs to address Year 2000  problems for IT systems
       are currently  estimated to be less than $1,000,000 and consist primarily
       of staff and  consultant  costs.  Year 2000  compliance  will require the
       replacement  of telephone  switches and software at a cost of $600,000 to
       $1,000,000.   The  Company  has  spent,   through   September  30,  1998,
       approximately  $300,000 for new telephone  equipment.  An estimate of the
       cost of  replacement  of newspaper  and  broadcasting  equipment  will be
       available after the completion of the evaluations  described above. Funds
       for these costs are expected to be provided from the Company's  operating
       cash flows or lines of credit from financial institutions.



       The  Company  could be faced with  severe  consequences  if the Year 2000
       issues are not  identified and resolved in a timely manner by the Company
       and its material third parties. A worst-case scenario would result in the
       short-term inability of the Company to  produce/distribute  newspapers or
       broadcast  television  programming  due to unresolved Year 2000 problems.
       This would result in lost  revenues to the Company;  however,  the amount
       would be  dependent  on the length and  nature of the  disruption,  which
       cannot be predicted or estimated.  In light of the possible consequences,
       the Company is devoting  the  resources it believes  are  appropriate  to
       address the Year 2000  problems in a timely  manner.  While the Company's
       management expects a successful  resolution of these problems,  there can
       be no guarantee that material third parties, on which the Company relies,
       will  address  all Year 2000  problems  on a timely  basis or that  their
       failure to  successfully  address all Year 2000 problems would not have a
       Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

       The Company is in the process of reviewing its existing contingency plans
       in case business interruptions do occur. The Company's management expects
       the review of these plans to be complete by June 30, 1999.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder,  or any Loan or other
Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the Required Lenders waive
compliance in writing:

VI.1   Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to the Agent, in form and
       detail  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  and  the  Required  Lenders,   with
       sufficient copies for each Lender:

       (a   as soon as  available,  but not later than 120 days after the end of
            each fiscal year, a copy of the audited  consolidated  balance sheet
            of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  as at the end of such year and
            the  related  consolidated   statements  of  income  or  operations,
            shareholders'  equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in
            each case in  comparative  form the figures for the previous  fiscal
            year, and  accompanied by the opinion of McGladrey & Pullen,  LLP or
            another  nationally-recognized  independent  public  accounting firm
            ("Independent  Auditor")  which  report  (x) shall  state  that such
            consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly  the  financial
            position for the periods  indicated in conformity  with GAAP applied
            on a  basis  consistent  with  prior  years  and  (y)  shall  not be
            qualified or limited because of a restricted or limited  examination
            by the Independent  Auditor of any material portion of the Company's
            or any Subsidiary's records;

       (b   as soon as  available,  but not later  than 60 days after the end of
            each of the first three fiscal  quarters of each fiscal year, a copy
            of the unaudited  consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its
            Subsidiaries  as  of  the  end  of  such  quarter  and  the  related
            consolidated  statements  of income,  shareholders'  equity and cash
            flows for the period  commencing  on the first day and ending on the
            last day of such quarter (it being  understood that a Form 10Q filed
            by the  Company  with the SEC will  satisfy  the  foregoing  content
            requirements of this Section 6.1(b)), and certified by a Responsible
            Officer as fairly  presenting,  in accordance  with GAAP (subject to
            ordinary,  good faith  year-end  audit  adjustments),  the financial
            position  and the  results  of  operations  of the  Company  and the
            Subsidiaries.

VI.2   Certificates;  Other Information. The Company shall furnish to the Agent,
       with sufficient copies for each Lender:

       (a   concurrently with the delivery of the financial  statements referred
            to in subsection  6.1(a),  a certificate of the Independent  Auditor
            stating  that  in  making  the  examination  necessary  therefor  no
            knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
            Default, except as specified in such certificate;

       (b   concurrently with the delivery of the financial  statements referred
            to in subsections 6.1(a) and (b), a Compliance  Certificate executed
            by a Responsible Officer;



       (c   promptly,  copies of all financial  statements  and reports that the
            Company sends to its members, and copies of all financial statements
            and regular, periodical or special reports (including Forms 10K, 10Q
            and 8K), if any, that the Company or any  Subsidiary may make to, or
            file with, the SEC;

       (d   promptly,   such  additional  information  regarding  the  business,
            financial,  company  or  corporate  affairs  of the  Company  or any
            Subsidiary as the Agent, at the request of any Lender, may from time
            to time reasonably request; and

       (e   upon the  request  from  time to time of any  Lender,  a list of the
            obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of Swaps.

VI.3   Notices.  The  Company  shall  promptly  notify the Agent and each Lender
       promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of:

       (a   the  occurrence  of any  Event  of  Default  or  Unmatured  Event of
            Default;

       (b   any of the following  matters that has resulted or may reasonably be
            expected to result in a Material  Adverse Effect:  (i) any breach or
            non-performance  of, or any default under, a Contractual  Obligation
            of the  Company or any  Subsidiary;  (ii) any  dispute,  litigation,
            investigation,  proceeding or suspension  between the Company or any
            Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement
            of, or any material  development  in, any  litigation  or proceeding
            affecting the Company or any Subsidiary  including any litigation or
            proceeding pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law;

       (c   the occurrence of any of the following  events affecting the Company
            or any ERISA Affiliate (but in no event more than 10 days after such
            event;  provided  that the Company  shall  notify the Agent and each
            Lender  not less than ten days  before the  occurrence  of any event
            described in clause (ii)  below),  and deliver to the Agent and each
            Lender a copy of any notice with respect to such event that is filed
            with  a  Governmental  Authority  and  any  notice  delivered  by  a
            Governmental  Authority to the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  with
            respect to such event:

            (i   an ERISA Event;

            (ii  a   contribution   failure  with  respect  to  a  Pension  Plan
                 sufficient  to give  rise to a Lien  under  Section  302(f)  of
                 ERISA;

            (iii a material  increase in the Unfunded  Pension  Liability of any
                 Pension Plan;

            (iv  the adoption of, or the commencement of  contributions  to, any
                 Plan  subject to Section  412 of the Code by the Company or any
                 ERISA Affiliate; or

            (v   the adoption of any  amendment to a Plan subject to Section 412
                 of the Code, if such amendment  results in a material  increase
                 in contributions or Unfunded Pension Liability; and

       (d   any material  change in accounting  policies or financial  reporting
            practices by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries.

            Each notice under this  Section  shall be  accompanied  by a written
            statement by a  Responsible  Officer  setting  forth  details of the
            occurrence referred to therein,  and stating what action the Company
            or any affected Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto and
            at what time.  Each notice under  subsection  6.3(a) shall  describe
            with  particularity  any  and  all  clauses  or  provisions  of this
            Agreement  or  other  Loan  Document  that  have  been  breached  or
            violated.



VI.4   Preservation of Corporate  Existence,  Etc. The Company shall,  and shall
       cause each Subsidiary to:

       (a   preserve  and  maintain  in full  force  and  effect  its  corporate
            existence  and  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  its  state  or
            jurisdiction of organization;

       (b   preserve  and  maintain  in full force and  effect all  governmental
            rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises
            necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business  except
            in connection with  transactions  permitted by Section 7.3 and sales
            of assets permitted by Section 7.2;

       (c   use  reasonable  efforts,  in the ordinary  course of  business,  to
            preserve its business organization and goodwill; and

       (d   preserve or renew all of its registered patents,  trademarks,  trade
            names  and  service  marks,  the  non-preservation  of  which  could
            reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

VI.5   Maintenance  of  Property.  The  Company  shall,  and  shall  cause  each
       Subsidiary  to,  maintain and preserve all its property  which is used or
       useful in its business in working order and condition,  ordinary wear and
       tear  excepted and make all  necessary  repairs  thereto and renewals and
       replacements  thereof  except  where  the  failure  to  do so  could  not
       reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and
       each Subsidiary shall use the standard of care typical in the industry in
       the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

VI.6   Insurance.  The  Company  shall,  and shall  cause  each  Subsidiary  to,
       maintain  with  financially  sound and  reputable  independent  insurers,
       insurance  with respect to its  properties  and business  against loss or
       damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the
       same or  similar  business,  of such  types  and in such  amounts  as are
       customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

VI.7   Payment  of  Obligations.   The  Company  shall,  and  shall  cause  each
       Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable
       all their respective obligations and liabilities, including:

       (a   all tax liabilities,  assessments and governmental charges or levies
            upon it or its  properties  or  assets,  unless  the same are  being
            contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and  adequate
            reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Company
            or such Subsidiary;

       (b   all lawful claims which, if unpaid,  would by law become a Lien upon
            its property; and

       (c   all  indebtedness,  as and when due and payable,  but subject to any
            subordination  provisions  contained in any  instrument or agreement
            evidencing such Indebtedness.

VI.8   Compliance with Laws. The Company shall,  and shall cause each Subsidiary
       to, comply in all material  respects with all  Requirements of Law of any
       Governmental  Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  it or  its  business
       (including the Federal Fair Labor Standards  Act),  except such as may be
       contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist.

VI.9   Compliance  with ERISA.  The Company  shall,  and shall cause each of its
       ERISA Affiliates to: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material
       respects  with the  applicable  provisions  of ERISA,  the Code and other
       federal  or state  law;  (b) cause  each Plan  which is  qualified  under
       Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such  qualification;  and (c) make
       all  required  contributions  to any Plan  subject to Section  412 of the
       Code.



VI.10  Inspection  of Property and Books and  Records.  The Company  shall,  and
       shall  cause each  Subsidiary  to,  maintain  proper  books of record and
       account,  in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP
       consistently  applied  shall be made of all  financial  transactions  and
       matters  involving  the  assets  and  business  of the  Company  and such
       Subsidiary. The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, permit
       representatives and independent contractors of the Agent or any Lender to
       visit and inspect any of their  respective  properties,  to examine their
       respective company, corporate,  financial and operating records, and make
       copies thereof or abstracts  therefrom,  and to discuss their  respective
       affairs, finances and accounts with their respective directors, officers,
       and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Company and
       at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may
       be reasonably desired,  upon reasonable advance notice to the Company not
       more than once during any fiscal quarter; provided that prior to an Event
       of Default  the Agent or any Lender may do any of the  foregoing  only at
       its own  expense  but when an Event of  Default  exists  the Agent or any
       Lender may do any of the  foregoing  at the expense of the Company at any
       time during normal business hours without advance notice.

VI.11  Environmental  Laws. The Company shall,  and shall cause each  Subsidiary
       to,  conduct  its  operations  and  keep and  maintain  its  property  in
       compliance with all Environmental Laws.

VI.12  Use of  Proceeds.  The  Company  shall use the  proceeds of the Loans for
       working capital and other general company purposes  (including  Permitted
       Acquisitions)  not in  contravention  of any Requirement of Law or of any
       Loan Document.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder,  or any Loan or other
Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the Required Lenders waive
compliance in writing:

VII.1  Limitation  on Liens.  The  Company  will not,  and will not  permit  any
       Subsidiary to, create,  assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon or
       with  respect to any  property or assets,  whether now owned or hereafter
       acquired; except for:

       (a   Liens in respect of property of the Company or a Subsidiary existing
            on the Effective Date and described in Schedule 7.1;

       (b   Liens in respect of property  acquired or constructed by the Company
            or a Subsidiary  after the Effective Date,  which are created at the
            time of or  within  180 days  after  acquisition  or  completion  of
            construction  of such  property  to secure  Indebtedness  assumed or
            incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
            construction of such property, provided that in any such case;

            (i   no such Lien shall extend to or cover any other property of the
                 Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and

            (ii  the aggregate  principal amount of Indebtedness  secured by all
                 such Liens in respect of any such property shall not exceed the
                 cost of such property and any improvements then being financed;

       (c   Liens for taxes,  fees,  assessments or other  governmental  charges
            which are not  delinquent or remain payable  without  penalty or are
            being contested in good faith (with adequate reserves therefor),  or
            to the extent that non-payment  thereof is permitted by Section 6.7,
            provided that no notice of lien has been filed or recorded under the
            Code;

       (d   carriers',  warehousemen's,  mechanics', landlords',  materialmen's,
            repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of
            business  which are not  delinquent  for a period of greater than 30
            days or remain payable without penalty or which are being diligently
            contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which
            adequate  reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside
            on its books;



       (e   Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA)  consisting  of pledges
            or  deposits   required  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in
            connection with workers'  compensation,  unemployment  insurance and
            other social security legislation;

       (f   Liens on property of the Company or any Subsidiary  securing (i) the
            non-delinquent  performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for
            borrowed  money),  leases,  statutory  obligations,  (ii) contingent
            obligations   on  surety  and   appeal   bonds,   and  (iii)   other
            non-delinquent  obligations of a like nature; in each case, incurred
            in the ordinary course of business,  provided that all such Liens in
            the aggregate would not (even if enforced) cause a Material  Adverse
            Effect;

       (g   Liens arising in connection with court proceedings,

            (i   in the nature of attachments,  remedies and judgments, provided
                 that  the  execution  or  other  enforcement  of such  Liens is
                 effectingly  stayed and the claims  secured  thereby  are being
                 actively   contested   in  good   faith   and  by   appropriate
                 proceedings, and

            (ii  securing  appeal  bonds,  supersedeas  bonds and other  similar
                 Liens arising in connection with court proceedings  (including,
                 without  limitation,  surety bonds and letter of credit) or any
                 other instrument serving a similar purpose,

            provided  that each  judgment  secured by a Lien  described  in this
            clause (g) is, within 60 days after entry thereof, discharged or the
            enforcement  thereof  is stayed  pending  appeal,  or is  discharged
            within 60 days after the  expiration  of such stay and the judgments
            so secured do not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate;

       (h   easements, right-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances
            incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate,
            are  not  substantial  in  amount,  and  which  do not  in any  case
            materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or
            interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Company
            and its Subsidiaries.

       (i   other Liens  securing  obligations  not at any time exceeding 10% of
            Consolidated Indebtedness at such time.

VII.2  Sale of Assets.

       (a   Transfers of Property.  The Company  shall not, and shall not permit
            any Subsidiary to, sell (including, without limitation, any sale and
            subsequent  leasing  as lessee of such  Property),  lease as lessor,
            transfer, or otherwise dispose of a Substantial Part of the Property
            of the Company and its Subsidiaries (individually,  a "Transfer" and
            collectively "Transfers"), except:

            (i   Transfers from a Subsidiary to the Company;

            (ii  any other  Transfer  (other than a Spin-Off) at any time of any
                 Property to a Person, other than an Affiliate (whether effected
                 in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions)
                 (for  purposes of this clause  (ii), a "current  Transfer")  if
                 each  of the  following  conditions  would  be  satisfied  with
                 respect to such Transfer:

                 (A0  an Acceptable Consideration is received in respect of such
                      current Transfer;

                 (B0  immediately  after giving effect to such current Transfer,
                      no  Unmatured  Event of Default or Event of Default  would
                      exist; and



                 (C0  within the six month period  immediately  prior to and the
                      12  month  period   immediately   following  such  current
                      Transfer, the Net Proceeds Amount of such current Transfer
                      is  applied  by the  Company  or  such  Subsidiary  to the
                      purchase  of  operating  assets  of  the  Company  or  any
                      Subsidiary  or to the  prepayment  Senior Debt (and to the
                      extent any such  Senior  Debt  permits  reborrowings,  the
                      commitment  with  respect  to such  Senior  Debt  shall be
                      permanently  reduced  by the  amount  of the  prepayment),
                      other  than  Senior  Debt  payable  to the  Company or any
                      Subsidiary; and

            (iii any other  Transfer  at any time of the  Property of a business
                 segment  or a  business  group of the  Company  to a Person  (a
                 "Spin-Off"),  if  each of the  following  conditions  would  be
                 satisfied with respect to such Transfer:

                 (A0  the only  consideration  in  respect of such  Spin-Off  is
                      shares of the capital  stock of such Person (or any of its
                      Affiliates),   which   shares  are   distributed   to  the
                      shareholders of the Company;

                 (B0  immediately  after  giving  effect  to such  Spin-Off,  no
                      Unmatured  Event of  Default  or Event  of  Default  would
                      exist; and

                 (C0  immediately  after  giving  effect to such  Spin-Off,  the
                      Company  shall be in  compliance  with Section 7.5 hereof,
                      calculated as if the Spin-Off (and any debt  incurrence or
                      repayment)  had  occurred  on the  first  day of the  four
                      fiscal  quarter  period ending at the last fiscal  quarter
                      end.

                 Within five days after any Spin-Off,  the Company shall deliver
                 to the Agent a written notice describing, in reasonable detail,
                 the nature  (including a description  and value of the Property
                 Transferred) and the date of such Spin-Off.

       (b   Transfers of  Subsidiary  Stock.  The Company will not, and will not
            permit any Subsidiary  to,  Transfer any shares of the stock (or any
            warrants,  rights or options to purchase  stock or other  Securities
            exchangeable  for or convertible  into stock) of a Subsidiary  (such
            stock, warrants,  rights, options and other Securities herein called
            "Subsidiary   Stock"),  nor  will  any  Subsidiary  issue,  sell  or
            otherwise  dispose  of any of its own  Subsidiary  Stock;  provided,
            however, that the foregoing restrictions do not apply to:

            (i)   the  issuance  by a  Subsidiary  of any of its own  Subsidiary
                  Stock to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

            (ii)  Transfers  by a  Subsidiary  of any  Subsidiary  Stock  to the
                  Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

            (iii) the issuance by a Subsidiary of directors'  qualifying shares;
                  and

            (iv)  the  Transfer of all of the  Subsidiary  Stock of a Subsidiary
                  if:

                  (A)  such  Transfer  satisfies  the  requirements  of  Section
                       7.2(a)(ii);

                  (B)  in connection with such Transfer,  the entire  investment
                       (whether  represented by stock,  Indebtedness,  claims or
                       otherwise)  of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  in such
                       Subsidiary  is  Transferred  to a Person  other  than the
                       Company or a Subsidiary not simultaneously being disposed
                       of;



                  (C)  the  Subsidiary  being  disposed  of  has  no  continuing
                       investment   in  the  Company  or  any   Subsidiary   not
                       simultaneously being disposed of; and

                  (D)  immediately  before  and after the  consummation  of such
                       Transfer,  and after giving effect thereto,  no Unmatured
                       Event of  Default,  Default  or Event  of  Default  would
                       exist.

                  For  purposes  of  determining  the  book  value  of  Property
                  constituting Subsidiary Stock being Transferred as provided in
                  clause (iv)  above,  such book value shall be deemed to be the
                  aggregate  book  value of all  assets of the  Subsidiary  that
                  shall have issued such Subsidiary Stock.

       (c)  Subsidiary  Mergers,   etc.  Any  merger  or  consolidation  of  any
            Subsidiary  with or into any person that  results in a Person  other
            than the  Company or a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary  owning  Subsidiary
            Stock of such  Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be a  Transfer  of the
            Subsidiary Stock of such Subsidiary.

VII.3  Consolidations  and Mergers.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit
       any Subsidiary to,  consolidate with or merge with any other  corporation
       or other entity or convey,  transfer or lease all or substantially all of
       its  assets in a single  transaction  or series  of  transactions  to any
       Person or make any Acquisition except (as long as no Event of Default has
       occurred or will occur as a result) (i) a Subsidiary may consolidate with
       or merge with any other corporation or other entity or convey or transfer
       all or substantially  all of its assets to the Company (provided that the
       Company shall be the continuing or surviving  entity) or a  then-existing
       Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary,(ii)  to consummate a Permitted  Acquisition and
       (iii) as permitted under Section 7.2.

VII.4  Limitation  on  Subsidiary   Debt.  The  Company  shall  not  permit  any
       Subsidiary  to,  create,  incur,  assume,  suffer to exist,  or otherwise
       become or remain  directly  or  indirectly  liable  with  respect to, any
       Indebtedness, except:

       (a)  Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Wholly-owned Subsidiary, and

       (b)  additional unsecured  Indebtedness if, on the date such Indebtedness
            is incurred and after giving  effect  thereto and to the  concurrent
            retirement  of any  other  Indebtedness,  the  aggregate  amount  of
            Indebtedness  of all  Subsidiaries  outstanding  on such date (other
            than,  in the  case of each  corporation  (i) any  stock of which is
            acquired by the Company and/or one or more of its  Subsidiaries  and
            (ii) which as of the date of such acquisition  becomes a Subsidiary,
            Indebtedness  of  such  corporation  existing  at the  time  when it
            becomes  a  Subsidiary,  provided  that  such  Indebtedness  is  not
            incurred   in   anticipation   thereof)   does  not  exceed  15%  of
            Consolidated Indebtedness; and

       The  Company  shall not incur any  Indebtedness  owing to any  Subsidiary
       unless the same shall be for cash advances from such Subsidiary and shall
       be subordinated and subject in right to the prior payment in full in cash
       of all Obligations hereunder.

VII.5  Cash  Flow  Leverage.  The  Company  shall  not  permit  the ratio of (i)
       Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness,  to (ii)  EBITDA for any  Computation
       Period  ending  prior to a  Spin-Off  to exceed  3.5 to 1.0,  and for any
       Computation Period ending after a Spin-Off, 3.0 to 1.0.

VII.6  Transactions with Affiliates. The Company shall not, and shall not permit
       any Subsidiary to, enter into any  transaction  with any Affiliate of the
       Company (other than a Subsidiary),  except upon fair and reasonable terms
       no less favorable to the Company or such  Subsidiary than would obtain in
       a comparable  arm's-length  transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of
       the Company.

VII.7  Use of  Proceeds.  The  Company  shall  not,  and  shall not  permit  any
       Subsidiary  to,  use  any  portion  of the  Loan  proceeds,  directly  or
       indirectly,  (i) to  purchase  or carry  Margin  Stock,  (ii) to repay or
       otherwise  refinance  indebtedness  of the Company or others  incurred to
       purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of
       purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock,  or (iv) to acquire any security
       in any  transaction  that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the  Exchange
       Act.



VII.8  Loans; Advances; and Contingent  Obligations.  The Company shall not, and
       shall not permit any  Subsidiary  to, make any loan or advance or create,
       incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligations except:

       (a)  endorsements  for  collection  or deposit in the ordinary  course of
            business;

       (b)  Contingent Obligations which constitute Indebtedness,  to the extent
            permitted  hereunder,  provided that all  Contingent  Obligations in
            respect of Swaps  shall arise under  contracts  entered  into in the
            ordinary course of business as bona fide hedging transactions;

       (c)  Contingent  Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries existing
            as of the Effective Date and listed in Schedule 7.8; and

       (d)  Guaranty  Obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of
            the  obligations of (i) in the case of the Company,  any Subsidiary,
            and  (ii) in the  case of any  Subsidiary,  any  Subsidiary  of such
            Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary.

VII.9  Restricted  Payments.  During the  continuance of any Event of Default or
       Unmatured  Event of Default (or if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event
       of Default  would  result after  giving  effect to any of the  Restricted
       Payments described in this Section 7.9), the Company shall not, and shall
       not permit any  Subsidiary  to,  declare or make any dividend  payment or
       other distribution of assets,  properties,  cash, rights,  obligations or
       securities on account of any shares of any class of its capital stock, or
       purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital
       stock or any warrants,  rights or options to acquire such shares,  now or
       hereafter outstanding.

VII.10 ERISA.  The  Company  shall  not,  and shall not  permit any of its ERISA
       Affiliates to: (a) engage in a prohibited transaction or violation of the
       fiduciary  responsibility  rules  with  respect  to any  Plan  which  has
       resulted or could  reasonably  be expected to result in  liability of the
       Company in an aggregate amount in excess of $500,000;  or (b) engage in a
       transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

VII.11 Change in  Business.  The  Company  shall  not,  and shall not permit any
       Subsidiary  to,  engage in any  material  line of business  substantially
       different from those lines of business  carried on by the Company and its
       Subsidiaries on the date hereof.

VII.12 Accounting  Changes.  The  Company  shall  not,  and shall not permit any
       Subsidiary  to, make any  significant  change in accounting  treatment or
       reporting  practices,  except as required  by GAAP,  or change the fiscal
       year of the Company or of any Subsidiary.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT


VIII.1 Event of Default.  Any of the  following  shall  constitute  an "Event of
       Default":

       (a)  Non-Payment.  The Company  fails to pay, (i) when and as required to
            be paid herein,  any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within
            five days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee or any other
            amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

       (b)  Representation  or Warranty.  Any  representation or warranty by the
            Company made or deemed made herein,  in any other Loan Document,  or
            which is  contained  in any  certificate,  document or  financial or
            other statement by the Company,  any Subsidiary,  or any Responsible
            Officer,  furnished at any time under this Agreement, or in or under
            any other Loan Document,  is incorrect in any material respect on or
            as of the date made or deemed made.



       (c)  Specific Defaults. The Company fails to perform or observe any term,
            covenant or agreement  contained in any of Section 6.3(a), 7.1, 7.2,
            7.3, 7.5, or 7.7.

       (d)  Other  Defaults.  The Company  fails to perform or observe any other
            term or  covenant  contained  in this  Agreement  or any other  Loan
            Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of
            30 days after the  earlier of (i) the date upon which a  Responsible
            Officer knew or reasonably should have known of such failure or (ii)
            the date upon which written  notice  thereof is given to the Company
            by the Agent or any Lender.

       (e)  Cross-Default.  The Company (A) fails to make any payment in respect
            of any  Indebtedness  or Contingent  Obligation  having an aggregate
            principal amount  (including  undrawn committed or available amounts
            and including  amounts owing to all creditors  under any combined or
            syndicated  credit  arrangement) of more than  $10,000,000  when due
            (whether by scheduled maturity,  required prepayment,  acceleration,
            demand,   or  otherwise)  and  such  failure   continues  after  the
            applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the relevant
            document  on the date of such  failure;  or (B) fails to  perform or
            observe any other material condition or covenant, or any other event
            shall occur or condition  exist,  under any  agreement or instrument
            relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation, and such
            failure  continues after the applicable  grace or notice period,  if
            any,  specified in the relevant document on the date of such failure
            if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to
            permit the holder or holders of such  Indebtedness or beneficiary or
            beneficiaries of such  Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf
            of such holder or holders or beneficiary or  beneficiaries) to cause
            such  Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable prior to its
            stated maturity,  or such Contingent Obligation to become payable or
            cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded.

       (f)  Insolvency;  Voluntary Proceedings.  The Company (i) ceases or fails
            to be solvent,  or generally  fails to pay, or admits in writing its
            inability  to  pay,  its  debts  as  they  become  due,  subject  to
            applicable  grace  periods,  if any,  whether at stated  maturity or
            otherwise;  (ii)  voluntarily  ceases to conduct its business in the
            ordinary  course;  (iii)  commences any Insolvency  Proceeding  with
            respect  to  itself;  or (iv)  takes  any  action to  effectuate  or
            authorize any of the foregoing.

       (g)  Involuntary  Proceedings.  (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding
            is commenced or filed  against the Company,  or any writ,  judgment,
            warrant of attachment,  execution or similar  process,  is issued or
            levied against a substantial part of the Company's  properties,  and
            any such  proceeding  or petition  shall not be  dismissed,  or such
            writ, judgment, warrant of attachment,  execution or similar process
            shall not be released,  vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after
            commencement,  filing or levy;  (ii) the Company admits the material
            allegations of a petition  against it in any Insolvency  Proceeding,
            or an order for relief (or  similar  order  under  non-U.S.  law) is
            ordered  in  any  Insolvency   Proceeding;   or  (iii)  the  Company
            acquiesces in the  appointment  of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian,
            conservator,   liquidator,   mortgagee  in   possession   (or  agent
            therefor),  or other  similar  Person  for  itself or a  substantial
            portion of its property or business.

       (h)  ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan
            or  Multiemployer  Plan which has  resulted or could  reasonably  be
            expected to result in  liability  of the  Company  under Title IV of
            ERISA  to the  Pension  Plan,  Multiemployer  Plan or the PBGC in an
            aggregate  amount  in  excess  of  $1,000,000;  (ii) a  contribution
            failure   shall  have  occurred  with  respect  to  a  Pension  Plan
            sufficient  to give rise to a Lien  under  Section  302(f) of ERISA;
            (iii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded  Pension  Liability among all
            Pension Plans at any time exceeds $1,000,000; or (iv) the Company or
            any ERISA Affiliate shall fail to pay when due, after the expiration
            of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect
            to its  withdrawal  liability  under  Section  4201 of ERISA under a
            Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000.



       (i)  Monetary  Judgments or  Settlements.  One or more  non-interlocutory
            judgments,  non-interlocutory  orders, decrees or arbitration awards
            is  entered  against  the  Company  involving  in  the  aggregate  a
            liability  (to the extent not  covered  by  independent  third-party
            insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage),  as to
            any  single  or  related  series  of   transactions,   incidents  or
            conditions,  of  $5,000,000  or  more,  and the  same  shall  remain
            unsatisfied,  unvacated and unstayed  pending appeal for a period of
            90 days after the entry thereof, or the Company shall enter into any
            agreement  to  settle  or  compromise   any  pending  or  threatened
            litigation,  as to any single or related series of claims, involving
            payment by the Company of $5,000,000 or more.

       (j)  Non-Monetary Judgments.  Any non-monetary judgment,  order or decree
            is entered  against the Company  which does or would  reasonably  be
            expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect,  and there shall be any
            period of 10 consecutive  days during which a stay of enforcement of
            such judgment or order,  by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise,
            shall not be in effect.

       (k)  Change of Control. Any Change of Control occurs.

       (l)  Adverse Change. There occurs a Material Adverse Effect.

VIII.2 Remedies. If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent shall, at the request
       of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders,

       (a)  declare  the   commitment  of  each  Lender  to  make  Loans  to  be
            terminated,  whereupon  such  commitments  and  obligation  shall be
            terminated;

       (b)  declare the unpaid  principal  amount of all outstanding  Loans, all
            interest accrued and unpaid thereon,  and all other amounts owing or
            payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately
            due and  payable,  without  presentment,  demand,  protest  or other
            notice of any kind, all of which are hereby  expressly waived by the
            Company; and

       (c)  exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies
            available  to it  and  the  Lenders  under  the  Loan  Documents  or
            applicable law;

       provided,  however,  that upon the  occurrence of any event  specified in
       subsection  (f) or (g) of  Section  8.1 (in the  case  of  clause  (i) of
       subsection  (g)  upon  the  expiration  of the  60-day  period  mentioned
       therein), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall automatically
       terminate and the unpaid  principal  amount of all outstanding  Loans and
       all interest and other amounts as aforesaid  shall  automatically  become
       due and payable without further act of the Agent or any Lender.

VIII.3 Rights Not Exclusive.  The rights  provided for in this Agreement and the
       other Loan  Documents are  cumulative  and are not exclusive of any other
       rights,  powers,  privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or
       under any  other  instrument,  document  or  agreement  now  existing  or
       hereafter arising.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    THE AGENT

IX.1   Appointment and  Authorization;  "Agent".  Each Lender hereby irrevocably
       (subject to Section 9.9) appoints, designates and authorizes the Agent to
       take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and
       each other Loan  Document  and to exercise  such powers and perform  such
       duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or
       any other Loan  Document,  together  with such  powers as are  reasonably
       incidental  thereto.   Notwithstanding  any  provision  to  the  contrary
       contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document,  the
       Agent  shall  not have  any  duties  or  responsibilities,  except  those
       expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Agent have or be deemed to have
       any fiduciary  relationship  with any Lender,  and no implied  covenants,
       functions, responsibilities,  duties, obligations or liabilities shall be
       read into this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document or otherwise  exist
       against the Agent.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the  foregoing
       sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with reference to
       the Agent is not intended to connote any  fiduciary or other  implied (or
       express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law.
       Instead,  such term is used merely as a matter of market  custom,  and is
       intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between
       independent contracting parties.



IX.2   Delegation of Duties.  The Agent may execute any of its duties under this
       Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through  agents,  employees or
       attorneys-in-fact  and shall be entitled to advice of counsel  concerning
       all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent shall not be responsible
       for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it
       selects with reasonable care.

IX.3   Liability of Agent. None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (i) be liable
       to any of the Lenders for any action  taken or omitted to be taken by any
       of them  under or in  connection  with this  Agreement  or any other Loan
       Document  or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  (except for its own
       gross  negligence or willful  misconduct),  or (ii) be responsible in any
       manner to any of the Lenders for any recital,  statement,  representation
       or warranty  made by the Company or any  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate of the
       Company,  or any officer  thereof,  contained in this Agreement or in any
       other Loan Document,  or in any certificate,  report,  statement or other
       document  referred to or provided  for in, or received by the Agent under
       or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document,  or the
       validity,  effectiveness,  genuineness,  enforceability or sufficiency of
       this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document,  or for any  failure of the
       Company  or  any  other  party  to  any  Loan  Document  to  perform  its
       obligations  hereunder or thereunder.  No  Agent-Related  Person shall be
       under any  obligation  to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the
       observance  or  performance  of any of the  agreements  contained  in, or
       conditions of, this  Agreement or any other Loan Document,  or to inspect
       the  properties,  books or records of the Company or any of the Company's
       Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

IX.4   Reliance by Agent. 

       (a)  The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
            relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,
            affidavit, letter, telegram,  facsimile, telex or telephone message,
            statement  or other  document or  conversation  believed by it to be
            genuine  and correct  and to have been  signed,  sent or made by the
            proper  Person or Persons,  and upon advice and  statements of legal
            counsel (including counsel to the Company),  independent accountants
            and other  experts  selected by the Agent.  The Agent shall be fully
            justified  in failing  or  refusing  to take any  action  under this
            Agreement or any other Loan  Document  unless it shall first receive
            such  advice or  concurrence  of the  Required  Lenders  as it deems
            appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to
            its  satisfaction  by the Lenders  against any and all liability and
            expense  which  may  be  incurred  by  it by  reason  of  taking  or
            continuing to take any such action.  The Agent shall in all cases be
            fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,  under this
            Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or
            consent of the  Required  Lenders  and such  request  and any action
            taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto  shall be binding upon all
            of the Lenders.

       (b)  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified
            in Section 4.1, each Lender that has executed this  Agreement  shall
            be  deemed to have  consented  to,  approved  or  accepted  or to be
            satisfied  with,  each  document or other matter  either sent by the
            Agent  to  such  Lender  for  consent,   approval,   acceptance   or
            satisfaction,  or required thereunder to be consented to or approved
            by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender.

IX.5   Notice of  Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have  knowledge  or
       notice of the  occurrence  of any Event of Default or Unmatured  Event of
       Default,  except with  respect to  defaults in the payment of  principal,
       interest and fees required to be paid to the Agent for the account of the
       Lenders,  unless the Agent  shall have  received  written  notice  from a
       Lender or the Company referring to this Agreement,  describing such Event
       of Default or Unmatured  Event of Default and stating that such notice is
       a "notice of  default".  The Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt
       of any such notice. The Agent shall take such action with respect to such
       Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default as may be requested by the
       Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided, however, that
       unless and until the Agent has received any such  request,  the Agent may
       (but shall not be obligated to) take such action,  or refrain from taking
       such action,  with respect to such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
       Default  as it  shall  deem  advisable  or in the  best  interest  of the
       Lenders.



IX.6   Credit Decision.  Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related
       Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by
       the Agent hereinafter  taken,  including any review of the affairs of the
       Company  and  its  Subsidiaries,   shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  any
       representation  or  warranty by any  Agent-Related  Person to any Lender.
       Each  Lender  represents  to the  Agent  that it has,  independently  and
       without  reliance  upon  any  Agent-Related  Person  and  based  on  such
       documents  and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own
       appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects,  operations,
       property,  financial  and other  condition  and  creditworthiness  of the
       Company and its  Subsidiaries,  and all applicable  bank  regulatory laws
       relating  to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and  made  its own
       decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Company
       hereunder.  Each Lender also represents that it will,  independently  and
       without  reliance  upon  any  Agent-Related  Person  and  based  on  such
       documents  and  information  as it shall  deem  appropriate  at the time,
       continue to make its own credit  analysis,  appraisals  and  decisions in
       taking or not  taking  action  under  this  Agreement  and the other Loan
       Documents,  and to make  such  investigations  as it deems  necessary  to
       inform  itself  as to  the  business,  prospects,  operations,  property,
       financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company. Except
       for notices,  reports and other documents expressly herein required to be
       furnished to the Lenders by the Agent,  the Agent shall not have any duty
       or  responsibility  to  provide  any  Lender  with  any  credit  or other
       information  concerning the business,  prospects,  operations,  property,
       financial and other  condition or  creditworthiness  of the Company which
       may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

IX.7   Indemnification  of Agent.  Whether or not the transactions  contemplated
       hereby are  consummated,  the  Lenders  shall  indemnify  upon demand the
       Agent-Related  Persons (to the extent not  reimbursed  by or on behalf of
       the Company and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so),
       pro rata, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided,
       however,  that  no  Lender  shall  be  liable  for  the  payment  to  any
       Agent-Related  Person  of  any  portion  of the  Indemnified  Liabilities
       resulting   solely  from  such  Person's  gross   negligence  or  willful
       misconduct.  Without  limitation  of the  foregoing,  each  Lender  shall
       reimburse  the Agent upon  demand for its  ratable  share of any costs or
       out-of-pocket  expenses  (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Agent
       in connection with the preparation,  execution, delivery, administration,
       modification,  amendment or enforcement  (whether  through  negotiations,
       legal  proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights
       or responsibilities  under, this Agreement,  any other Loan Document,  or
       any document  contemplated  by or referred to herein,  to the extent that
       the  Agent is not  reimbursed  for such  expenses  by or on behalf of the
       Company. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all
       Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

IX.8   Agent in Individual Capacity.  BofA and its Affiliates may make loans to,
       issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire
       equity interests in and generally  engage in any kind of banking,  trust,
       financial  advisory,  underwriting or other business with the Company and
       its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates  as  though  BofA  were not the  Agent
       hereunder  and without  notice to or consent of the Lenders.  The Lenders
       acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, BofA or its Affiliates may
       receive  information  regarding the Company or its Affiliates  (including
       information that may be subject to  confidentiality  obligations in favor
       of the Company or such  Subsidiary) and acknowledge  that the Agent shall
       be under no obligation to provide such  information to them. With respect
       to its Loans,  BofA and any Affiliate  thereof shall have the same rights
       and powers under this  Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the
       same as though BofA were not the Agent.



IX.9   Successor  Agent.  The Agent  may,  and at the  request  of the  Required
       Lenders  shall,  resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders.  If
       the Agent  resigns  under this  Agreement,  the  Required  Lenders  shall
       appoint from among the Lenders a successor  agent for the Lenders.  If no
       successor  agent  is  appointed  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the
       resignation of the Agent,  the Agent may appoint,  after  consulting with
       the Lenders and the  Company,  a successor  agent from among the Lenders.
       Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such
       successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the
       retiring Agent and the term "Agent" shall mean such  successor  agent and
       the  retiring  Agent's  appointment,  powers and duties as Agent shall be
       terminated.  After any retiring Agent's  resignation  hereunder as Agent,
       the  provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.4 and 10.5 shall inure
       to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while
       it was Agent under this  Agreement.  If no  successor  agent has accepted
       appointment  as Agent by the date which is 30 days  following  a retiring
       Agent's notice of resignation,  the retiring  Agent's  resignation  shall
       nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all
       of the duties of the Agent  hereunder  until such  time,  if any,  as the
       Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

IX.10  Withholding Tax. 

       (a)  If any  Lender  is a  "foreign  corporation,  partnership  or trust"
            within the  meaning  of the Code and such  Lender  claims  exemption
            from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Sections 1441 or
            1442 of the Code, such Lender agrees with and in favor of the Agent,
            to deliver to the Agent:

            (i)   if such Lender  claims an exemption  from,  or a reduction of,
                  withholding  tax under a United  States tax  treaty,  properly
                  completed  IRS Forms 1001 and W-8  before  the  payment of any
                  interest in the first  calendar year and before the payment of
                  any  interest in each third  succeeding  calendar  year during
                  which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

            (ii)  if such Lender claims that interest paid under this  Agreement
                  is exempt from  United  States  withholding  tax because it is
                  effectively  connected  with a United States trade or business
                  of such Lender,  two properly completed and executed copies of
                  IRS Form 4224 before the payment of any interest is due in the
                  first  taxable  year of  such  Lender  and in each  succeeding
                  taxable year of such Lender during which  interest may be paid
                  under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and

            (iii) such other form or forms as may be required  under the Code or
                  other laws of the United  States as a condition  to  exemption
                  from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax.

            Each such Lender  agrees to promptly  notify the Agent of any change
            in  circumstances  which would modify or render  invalid any claimed
            exemption or reduction.

       (b)  If any Lender claims  exemption  from, or reduction of,  withholding
            tax under a United  States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and
            such Lender sells, assigns,  grants a participation in, or otherwise
            transfers  all or part of the  Obligations  of the  Company  to such
            Lender,  such  Lender  agrees to notify the Agent of the  percentage
            amount in which it is no longer the beneficial  owner of Obligations
            of the  Company to such  Lender.  To the  extent of such  percentage
            amount,  the Agent  will  treat  such  Lender's  IRS Form 1001 as no
            longer valid.

       (c)  If any Lender claiming  exemption from United States withholding tax
            by filing  IRS Form 4224 with the  Agent  sells,  assigns,  grants a
            participation  in,  or  otherwise  transfers  all  or  part  of  the
            Obligations  of the Company to such  Lender,  such Lender  agrees to
            undertake sole responsibility for complying with the withholding tax
            requirements imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.



       (d)  If  any  Lender  is  entitled  to  a  reduction  in  the  applicable
            withholding tax, the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to
            such Lender an amount  equivalent to the applicable  withholding tax
            after  taking into  account  such  reduction.  If the forms or other
            documentation  required by  subsection  (a) of this  Section are not
            delivered  to the  Agent,  then  the  Agent  may  withhold  from any
            interest  payment to such Lender not  providing  such forms or other
            documentation  an amount  equivalent to the  applicable  withholding
            tax.

       (e)  If the IRS or any other Governmental  Authority of the United States
            or  other  jurisdiction  asserts  a claim  that  the  Agent  did not
            properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any
            Lender  (because the  appropriate  form was not delivered or was not
            properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent
            of a change in  circumstances  which rendered the exemption from, or
            reduction of, withholding tax ineffective,  or for any other reason)
            such Lender shall  indemnify  the Agent fully for all amounts  paid,
            directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise,  including
            penalties  and  interest,  and  including  any taxes  imposed by any
            jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Agent under this Section,
            together with all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs). The
            obligation  of the Lenders under this  subsection  shall survive the
            payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the
            Agent.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

X.1    Amendments  and Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
       Agreement or any other Loan Document,  and no consent with respect to any
       departure by the Company or any applicable Subsidiary therefrom, shall be
       effective  unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required
       Lenders (or by the Agent at the written request of the Required  Lenders)
       and the Company and  acknowledged by the Agent,  and then any such waiver
       or consent shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the
       specific  purpose  for  which  given;   provided  that  no  such  waiver,
       amendment,  or consent  shall,  unless in  writing  and signed by all the
       Lenders  and the  Company and  acknowledged  by the Agent,  do any of the
       following:

       (a)  increase or extend the  Commitment  of any Lender (or  reinstate any
            Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.2);

       (b)  postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan
            Document  for any  payment  of  principal,  interest,  fees or other
            amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them)  hereunder  or under any
            other Loan Document;

       (c)  reduce the  principal of, or the rate of interest  specified  herein
            on, any Loan,  or (subject to clause (ii) below)  reduce any fees or
            other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

       (d)  change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate  unpaid
            principal  amount of the Loans which is required  for the Lenders or
            any of them to take any action hereunder; or

       (e)  amend  this  Section,  or  Section  2.11,  or any  provision  herein
            providing for consent or other action by all Lenders;

       and,  provided further,  that (i) no amendment,  waiver or consent shall,
       unless in writing  and signed by the Agent in  addition  to the  Required
       Lenders  or all the  Lenders,  as the case may be,  affect  the rights or
       duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document,  and
       (ii) the Fee Letter may be amended,  or rights or  privileges  thereunder
       waived, in a writing executed by the parties thereto.



X.2    Notices.

       (a)  All notices,  requests and other  communications shall be in writing
            (including,  unless the context  expressly  otherwise  provides,  by
            facsimile transmission,  provided that any matter transmitted by the
            Company  by  facsimile  (i)  shall  be  immediately  confirmed  by a
            telephone call to the recipient at the number  specified on Schedule
            10.2, and (ii) shall be followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy
            original thereof) and mailed, faxed or delivered,  to the address or
            facsimile  number  specified  for notices on Schedule  10.2;  or, as
            directed to the Company or the Agent, to such other address as shall
            be  designated  by such  party  in a  written  notice  to the  other
            parties,  and as directed to any other party,  at such other address
            as shall be  designated  by such  party in a  written  notice to the
            Company and the Agent.

       (b)  All  such  notices,   requests  and   communications   shall,   when
            transmitted  by overnight  delivery,  or faxed,  be  effective  when
            delivered  or  transmitted  in legible  form by  facsimile  machine,
            respectively,  or if mailed,  upon the third  Business Day after the
            date deposited into the U.S. mail;  except that notices  pursuant to
            Article II or IX to the Agent shall not be effective  until actually
            received by the Agent.

       (c)  Any agreement of the Agent and the Lenders herein to receive certain
            notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the  convenience and
            at the request of the  Company.  The Agent and the Lenders  shall be
            entitled to rely on the  authority of any Person  purporting to be a
            Person  authorized  by the Company to give such notice and the Agent
            and the Lenders  shall not have any  liability to the Company or any
            other  Person on  account  of any  action  taken or not taken by the
            Agent or the Lenders in reliance  upon such  telephonic or facsimile
            notice.  The  obligation of the Company to repay the Loans shall not
            be  affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the Agent
            and the Lenders to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or
            facsimile  notice or the  receipt by the Agent and the  Lenders of a
            confirmation  which is at variance with the terms  understood by the
            Agent and the Lenders to be contained in the telephonic or facsimile
            notice.

X.3    No Waiver;  Cumulative  Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no delay in
       exercising,  on the part of the Agent or any Lender,  any right,  remedy,
       power or privilege  hereunder,  shall  operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor
       shall any  single or partial  exercise  of any  right,  remedy,  power or
       privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
       exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

X.4    Costs and Expenses. The Company shall:

       (a)  whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated,
            pay or  reimburse  the Agent and the Arranger  within five  Business
            Days after demand  (subject to subsection  4.1(e)) for all costs and
            expenses  incurred by the Agent and the Arranger in connection  with
            the development, preparation, delivery, administration and execution
            of, and any amendment,  supplement,  waiver or  modification  to (in
            each case,  whether or not  consummated),  this Agreement,  any Loan
            Document and any other documents prepared in connection  herewith or
            therewith,  and the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
            hereby and thereby,  including reasonable Attorney Costs incurred by
            the Agent with respect thereto; and

       (b)  pay or reimburse the Agent and each Lender within five Business Days
            after  demand  (subject  to  subsection  4.1(e))  for all  costs and
            expenses  (including  Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection
            with the enforcement,  attempted enforcement, or preservation of any
            rights or remedies  under this  Agreement or any other Loan Document
            during the existence of an Event of Default or after acceleration of
            the  Loans   (including   in   connection   with  any  "workout"  or
            restructuring  regarding the Loans,  and including in any Insolvency
            Proceeding or appellate proceeding).



X.5    Company  Indemnification.  The  Company  shall  indemnify  and  hold  the
       Agent-Related  Persons,  the  Arranger  and each Lender and each of their
       respective   officers,   directors,   employees,   counsel,   agents  and
       attorneys-in-fact  (each  an  "Indemnified  Person")  harmless  from  and
       against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
       actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,  charges,  expenses and disbursements
       (including  Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at
       any time (including at any time following  repayment of the Loans and the
       termination,  resignation  or  replacement of the Agent or replacement of
       any  Lender) be imposed  on,  incurred  by or  asserted  against any such
       Person  relating  to or arising  out of this  Agreement  or any  document
       contemplated by or referred to herein,  or the transactions  contemplated
       hereby or  thereby,  or any action  taken or  omitted by any such  Person
       under or in connection with any of the foregoing,  including with respect
       to any investigation,  litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency
       Proceeding  or  appellate  proceeding)  related to or arising out of this
       Agreement or the Loans or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not
       any   Indemnified   Person  is  a  party  thereto  (all  the   foregoing,
       collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Liabilities");  provided  that  (i) the
       Company shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with
       respect to Indemnified Liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or
       willful  misconduct of such Indemnified Person and (ii) the Company shall
       have no obligation  hereunder to any  Indemnified  Person  arising from a
       breach of this Agreement by the Agent or such Indemnified  Person,  which
       breach  shall have been found to have  resulted  from the  negligence  or
       misconduct of the Agent or such  Indemnified  Person.  The  agreements in
       this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

X.6    Payments Set Aside. To the extent that the Company makes a payment to the
       Agent or the Lenders, or the Agent or the Lenders exercise their right of
       set-off,  and such  payment or the  proceeds of such  set-off or any part
       thereof  are  subsequently  invalidated,  declared  to be  fraudulent  or
       preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement
       entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its  discretion) to be repaid
       to a  trustee  receiver,  or any  other  party,  in  connection  with any
       Insolvency  Proceeding  or  otherwise,  then  (a) to the  extent  of such
       recovery  the  obligation  or  part  thereof  originally  intended  to be
       satisfied  shall be revived and  continued in full force and effect as if
       such  payment had not been made or such  set-off had not occurred and (b)
       each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its pro rata
       share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent.

X.7    Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding
       upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their  respective
       successors  and  assigns,  except  that the  Company  may not  assign  or
       transfer any of its rights or obligations  under this  Agreement  without
       the prior written consent of the Agent and each Lender.

X.8    Assignments,  Participation,  etc. 

       (a)  Any Lender may, with the written consent of the Company at all times
            other than  during  the  existence  of an Event of  Default  and the
            Agent,  which  consent  of the  Company  shall  not be  unreasonably
            withheld,  at any time assign and  delegate to one or more  Eligible
            Assignees  (provided  that no written  consent of the Company or the
            Agent  shall be  required  in  connection  with any  assignment  and
            delegation by a Lender to an Eligible  Assignee that is an Affiliate
            of such  Lender)  (each an  "Assignee")  all, or any ratable part of
            all,  of  the  Loans,  the  Commitment  and  the  other  rights  and
            obligations  of  such  Lender  hereunder,  in a  minimum  amount  of
            $5,000,000 (or, if less, all of such Lender's  remaining  rights and
            obligations hereunder);  provided, however, that the Company and the
            Agent may continue to deal solely and  directly  with such Lender in
            connection  with the  interest so assigned to an Assignee  until (i)
            written   notice  of  such   assignment,   together   with   payment
            instructions,  addresses and related information with respect to the
            Assignee, shall have been given to the Company and the Agent by such
            Lender and the  Assignee;  (ii) such Lender and its  Assignee  shall
            have  delivered  to the  Company  and the  Agent an  Assignment  and
            Acceptance in the form of Exhibit E  ("Assignment  and  Acceptance")
            together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and (iii)
            the  assignor  Lender or Assignee has paid to the Agent a processing
            fee in the amount of $500.


       (b)  From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor  Lender
            that it has received and  provided  its consent  (and  received,  if
            applicable,  the consent of the Company) with respect to an executed
            Assignment  and  Acceptance  and  payment  of  the  above-referenced
            processing fee, (i) the Assignee  thereunder shall be a party hereto
            and, to the extent that rights and  obligations  hereunder have been
            assigned to it pursuant to such  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  shall
            have  the  rights  and  obligations  of  a  Lender  under  the  Loan
            Documents,  and (ii) the assignor  Lender shall,  to the extent that
            rights and obligations  hereunder and under the other Loan Documents
            have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance,
            relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the
            Loan Documents.

       (c)  Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more  commercial  banks or
            other  Persons  not  Affiliates  of the  Company  (a  "Participant")
            participating  interests in any Loans, the Commitment of such Lender
            and the other  interests of such Lender (the  "originating  Lender")
            hereunder  and under the other Loan  Documents;  provided,  however,
            that (i) the originating  Lender's  obligations under this Agreement
            shall remain  unchanged,  (ii) the  originating  Lender shall remain
            solely  responsible for the performance of such  obligations,  (iii)
            the Company and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly
            with the  originating  Lender  in  connection  with the  originating
            Lender's rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and the other
            Loan  Documents,  and (iv) no  Lender  shall  transfer  or grant any
            participating  interest  under which the  Participant  has rights to
            approve any  amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to,
            this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such
            amendment,  consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the
            Lenders as described in the first  proviso to Section  10.1.  In the
            case of any such participation, the Participant shall be entitled to
            the benefit of Sections  3.1,  3.3 and 10.5 as though it were also a
            Lender  hereunder,  and if amounts  outstanding under this Agreement
            are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become
            due and payable  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  each
            Participant  shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect
            of its participating  interest in amounts owing under this Agreement
            to the same  extent as if the amount of its  participating  interest
            were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement.

       (d)  Notwithstanding  any other provision in this  Agreement,  any Lender
            may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any
            portion of its rights under and interest in this  Agreement  and any
            Note held by it in favor of any Federal  Reserve Bank in  accordance
            with  Regulation  A of the FRB or U.S.  Treasury  Regulation  31 CFR
            ss.203.14,  and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or
            security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.



X.9    Confidentiality.  Each Lender agrees to take and to cause its  Affiliates
       to take  normal  and  reasonable  precautions  and  exercise  due care to
       maintain  the   confidentiality   of  all   information   identified   as
       "confidential"  or  "secret"  by the  Company  and  provided to it by the
       Company  or any  Subsidiary,  or by the  Agent on the  Company's  or such
       Subsidiary's behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and
       neither  such  Lender  nor  any of its  Affiliates  shall  use  any  such
       information  other  than in  connection  with or in  enforcement  of this
       Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents  or in  connection  with  other
       business now or hereafter  existing or  contemplated  with the Company or
       any Subsidiary;  except to the extent such information (i) was or becomes
       generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by
       such Lender, or (ii) was or becomes available on a non-confidential basis
       from a source  other than the Company,  provided  that such source is not
       bound by a  confidentiality  agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary
       known to such  Lender;  provided,  however,  that any Lender may disclose
       such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of any
       Governmental  Authority to which such Lender is subject or in  connection
       with an examination of such Lender by any such authority; (B) pursuant to
       subpoena or other court process; (C) when required to do so in accordance
       with the  provisions  of any  applicable  Requirement  of Law; (D) to the
       extent   reasonably   required  in  connection  with  any  litigation  or
       proceeding  to which the Agent or any  Lender or any of their  respective
       Affiliates  may be  party;  (E)  to the  extent  reasonably  required  in
       connection  with the exercise of any remedy  hereunder or under any other
       Loan  Document;  (F) to such  Lender's  independent  auditors  and  other
       professional  advisors;  (G) to any  Participant  or Assignee,  actual or
       potential,  provided  that such  Person  agrees in  writing  to keep such
       information  confidential  to the same  extent  required  of the  Lenders
       hereunder;  (H) as to any Lender or its Affiliate, as expressly permitted
       under  the  terms  of  any  other   document   or   agreement   regarding
       confidentiality  to which the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is party or is
       deemed  party  with  such  Lender  or  such  Affiliate;  and  (I)  to its
       Affiliates.

X.10   Set-off.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders  provided
       by  law,  if  an  Event  of  Default  exists,  or  the  Loans  have  been
       accelerated, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time,
       without prior notice to the Company,  any such notice being waived by the
       Company to the fullest extent  permitted by law, to set off and apply any
       and all  deposits  (general or special,  time or demand,  provisional  or
       final) at any time held by, and other  indebtedness at any time owing by,
       such Lender to or for the credit or the  account of the  Company  against
       any and all Obligations owing to such Lender, now or hereafter  existing,
       irrespective  of whether or not the Agent or such Lender  shall have made
       demand under this  Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such
       Obligations  may be contingent or unmatured.  Each Lender agrees promptly
       to  notify  the  Company  and  the  Agent  after  any  such  set-off  and
       application  made by such Lender;  provided that the failure to give such
       notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

X.11   Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc. Each Lender shall notify
       the Agent in  writing of any  change in the  address to which  notices to
       such Lender should be directed,  of addresses of any Lending  Office,  of
       payment  instructions  in  respect  of  all  payments  to be  made  to it
       hereunder and of such other administrative information as the Agent shall
       reasonably request.

X.12   Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in any number of separate
       counterparts,  each of  which,  when so  executed,  shall  be  deemed  an
       original,  and all of which taken  together shall be deemed to constitute
       but one and the same instrument.

X.13   Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this
       Agreement or any instrument or agreement  required hereunder shall not in
       any way affect or impair the legality or  enforceability of the remaining
       provisions of this Agreement or such instrument or agreement.

X.14   No Third Parties  Benefited.  This Agreement is made and entered into for
       the sole  protection and legal benefit of the Company,  the Lenders,  the
       Agent and the Agent-Related  Persons,  and their permitted successors and
       assigns,  and no  other  Person  shall  be a  direct  or  indirect  legal
       beneficiary  of, or have any direct or indirect  cause of action or claim
       in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.



X.15   Governing Law and Jurisdiction. 

       (a)  THIS  AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
            ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS; PROVIDED THAT THE
            AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS  ARISING UNDER FEDERAL
            LAW.

       (b)  ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
            OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  MAY BE  BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
            ILLINOIS  OR OF THE  UNITED  STATES  FOR THE  NORTHERN  DISTRICT  OF
            ILLINOIS,  AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT,  EACH OF
            THE COMPANY,  THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS CONSENTS,  FOR ITSELF AND IN
            RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY,  TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF SUCH
            COURTS.  EACH OF THE COMPANY,  THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS IRREVOCABLY
            WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE
            OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR
            HEREAFTER  HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING IN SUCH
            JURISDICTION  IN RESPECT OF THIS  AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT  RELATED
            HERETO.  THE COMPANY,  THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL
            SERVICE OF ANY  SUMMONS,  COMPLAINT OR OTHER  PROCESS,  WHICH MAY BE
            MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY ILLINOIS LAW.

X.16   Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE COMPANY,  THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH WAIVE
       THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHTS  TO A TRIAL  BY JURY OF ANY  CLAIM  OR CAUSE OF
       ACTION  BASED UPON OR ARISING  OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE
       OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY,
       IN ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY
       OF THE  PARTIES  AGAINST  ANY OTHER  PARTY OR ANY  AGENT-RELATED  PERSON,
       PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE,  WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT  CLAIMS,  TORT
       CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  THE COMPANY,  THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH AGREE
       THAT ANY SUCH  CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT  TRIAL
       WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE
       THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF
       THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM  OR OTHER  PROCEEDING  WHICH
       SEEKS,  IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR  ENFORCEABILITY
       OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION  HEREOF OR
       THEREOF.  THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT  AMENDMENT,  RENEWAL,
       SUPPLEMENT  OR   MODIFICATION  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  THE  OTHER  LOAN
       DOCUMENTS.

X.17   Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents,
       embodies the entire agreement and  understanding  among the Company,  the
       Lenders  and the  Agent,  and  supersedes  all  prior or  contemporaneous
       agreements  and  understandings  of  such  Persons,  verbal  or  written,
       relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.



                                      S-2

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be duly
executed and  delivered by their proper and duly  authorized  officers as of the
day and year first above written.


                    LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED


                    By:                          

                    Title:                       


                    BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                    AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent


                    By:                          

                    Title:                       



                    BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a
                    Lender


                    By:                          

                    Title:                       


                    NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.

                    By:                          

                    Title:                       


                    THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                    By:                          

                    Title:                       


                    FIRSTAR BANK IOWA, N.A.

                    By:                          

                    Title:                       






                                  SCHEDULE 1.1

                                PRICING SCHEDULE


The Applicable Margin and Commitment Fee Rate shall be determined based
on the applicable Cash Flow Leverage Ratio as set forth below.


                                                      Applicable           Applicable Margin
             Cash Flow Leverage                       Margin for             for Base Rate          Commitment
                  Ratio                           Offshore Rate Loans             Loans              Fee Rate
- -------------------------------------------       -------------------      -----------------        ----------
                                                                                            
Less than 0.50                                          0.225%                   zero                  0.08%

Equal to or greater than 0.50 but less than
1.00                                                     0.30%                   zero                  0.10%

Equal to or greater than 1.00 but less than              0.35%                   zero                 0.125%
2.00

Equal to or greater than 2.00 to but less                0.45%                   zero                  0.15%
than 3.00

Equal to or greater than 3                               0.55%                   zero                 0.175%
The applicable Margin for Offshore Rate Loans initially shall be 0.35%, the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans initially shall be zero, and the Commitment Fee Rate initially shall be 0.125%. Each of the foregoing shall be adjusted, to the extent applicable, 60 days (or, in the case of the last fiscal quarter of any fiscal year, 120 days) after the end of each fiscal quarter based on the Cash Flow Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal quarter; provided that if the Company fails to deliver the financial statements required by Section 6.1 and the related Compliance Certificate by the 60th day (or, if applicable, the 120th day) after any fiscal quarter, the Applicable Margin and Commitment Fee Rate that would apply if the Cash Flow Leverage Ratio were equal to or greater than 3.00 to 1 shall apply until such financial statements are delivered. SCHEDULE 2.1 COMMITMENTS AND PRO RATA SHARES Pro Rata Lender Commitment Share - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bank of America National Trust ............ $15,000,000 30% and Savings Association Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A ............... $12,500,000 25% The First National Bank ................... $12,500,000 25% of Chicago Firstar Bank Iowa, N.A .................... $10,000,000 20% TOTAL ................. $50,000,000 100% SCHEDULE 5.5 LITIGATION None SCHEDULE 5.7 ERISA None SCHEDULE 5.11 EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS $58,000,000 6.14% Series A Senior Notes Due 2005 $25,000,000 6.23% Series B Senior Notes Due 2004 $62,000,000 6.47% Series C Senior Notes Due 2010 $40,000,000 6.64% Series D Senior Notes Due 2013 $25,000,000 9.96% Series E Senior Notes Due January 15, 1999 SCHEDULE 5.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS None SCHEDULE 5.16 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES AND EQUITY INVESTMENTS Voting Securities Lee Technical Systems, Inc. Iowa 100% Lee Consolidated Holdings, Inc. South Dakota 100% KOIN-TV, Inc. Delaware 100% New Mexico Broadcasting Company, Inc. New Mexico 100% Accudata, Inc. Iowa 100% Target Marketing Systems, Inc. Iowa 100% Journal-Star Printing Co. Nebraska 100% SJL of Kansas Corp. Kansas 100% (a) Wichita License Subsidiary Delaware Corp. 100% (b) Topeka Television Corporation Missouri 100% (i) Topeka License Subsidiary Corp. Delaware 100% Oregon News Media, Inc. Delaware 100% Pacific Northwest Publishing Group, Inc. Delaware 100% Nevada Media, Inc. Delaware 100% Inn Partners, L.C. Iowa 52% IBS/LEE Partners LLC Delaware 50%* Marketing Clarity Partners LLC Iowa 51%** EXISTING INVESTMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 Madison Newspapers Inc., 2,500 of Class I Voting Shares (50% of capitalization)................................13,587,783*** * The Company has the right to control the limited liability company partnership on October 1, 2002 if certain conditions are met. ** The non-Company members of this limited liability company have the right to reduce the Company's membership interest to 20% of the membership interests outstanding if certain conditions are met over time. *** Cost plus equity in undistributed income. SCHEDULE 7.1 PERMITTED LIENS None SCHEDULE 7.8 CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS Guaranty Obligations. Under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and Polyfibron Technologies, dated January 3, 1997, under which the Company sold to Polyfibron all of the outstanding capital stock of NAAP Systems, Inc. ("NAAP") (all of which was indirectly owned by the Company), the Company, under terms of indemnity therein, is responsible for off-site environmental liabilities in excess of $1,000,000, but only for the first $500,000 in excess of $1,000,000. The $500,000 potential liability of the Company is inclusive of all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, deficiencies, assessments, judgments, remediations and costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' consultants' and experts' fees and expenses but excluding consequential losses and damages). On October 14, 1998 the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("USEPA") notified the Company that it is remediating the Casmalia Disposal Site, formerly known as the Casmalia Resources Hazardous Waste Management Facility, in Santa Barbara County, California. This Notice of Potential Liability ("Notice") states that NAAP was named as a waste generator on one or more manifests for hazardous wastes sent to the Casmalia Disposal Site. The Notice indicates that the USEPA will be making de minimis settlement offers in the range from $75,000 to $750,000, and it appears that the Company may have no liability in this matter. SCHEDULE 10.2 OFFSHORE AND DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICES; ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association 1850 Gateway Blvd. 5th Floor Concord, CA 94520 Attention: Brian Graybill Telephone: (925) 675-8414 Facsimile: (925) 675-8500 BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Lender Domestic and Offshore Lending Office: 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Notices (other than Borrowing notices and Notices of Conversion/Continuation): Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Attention: Mr. R. Guy Stapleton LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED Address for Notices 215 North Main Street Davenport, Iowa 52801 Attention: Mr. Larry L. Bloom Senior Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer Telephone: (319) 383-2179 Facsimile: (319) 323-9608 [Other Lenders] EXHIBIT A FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING Date: To: Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent under the Credit Agreement, dated as of _________________, 1998 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, various financial institutions, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent. Ladies and Gentlemen: The undersigned, Lee Enterprises, Incorporated (the "Company"), refers to the Credit Agreement (terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement, of the Borrowing of Loans specified below: (a) The Business Day of the proposed Borrowing is ____________,__ . (b) The Borrowing is to be comprised of [Base Rate] [Offshore Rate] Loans. (c) The aggregate amount of the proposed Borrowing is $______________________ . (d) The duration of the Interest Period for the Offshore Rate Loans included in the Borrowing shall be _____ months. The Company certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Borrowing, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom: (a) the representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date); and (b) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from such proposed Borrowing. LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED By: Title: EXHIBIT B FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION Date: To: Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent under the Credit Agreement, dated as of _____________, 1998 (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, various financial institutions, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent. Ladies and Gentlemen: The undersigned, Lee Enterprises, Incorporated (the "Company"), refers to the Credit Agreement (terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement, with respect to the [conversion] [continuation] of the Loans specified herein, that: 1. The Conversion/Continuation Date is _________________, __. 2. The aggregate amount of the Loans to be [converted] [continued] is $______. 3. The Loans are to be [converted into] [continued as] [Offshore Rate] [Base Rate] Loans. 4. The duration of the Interest Period for the Offshore Rate Loans included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be ___ months. The Company certifies that on the date hereof, and on the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation]. LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED By: Title: EXHIBIT C FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE To: Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent, and the Lenders which are parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of _____________, 1998 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated (the "Company"), Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent, and the various financial institutions party thereto as Lenders. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement. 1. Report. Enclosed herewith is a copy of the [annual audit/quarterly] report of the Company as at ____________, ____ (the "Computation Date"), which report fairly presents the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as of the Computation Date. 2. Financial Tests. The Company hereby certifies and warrants to you that the attached is a true and correct computation as at the Computation Date of the ratios and/or financial restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement. 3. Defaults. The Company hereby further certifies and warrants to you that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer this _________________ day of _______________________, ____. LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED By: _________________________ Title:_______________________ C-2 Attachment to Compliance Certificate Computation of Financial Tests 7.5 Cash Flow Leverage Ratio 1. Consolidated Funded Indebtedness 2. Consolidated Net Income 3. Depreciation Expense 4. Amortization Expense 5. Income and Profits Taxes 6. Consolidated Interest Expense 7. EBITDA (Item 2 plus Items 3, 4, 5 and 6) 8. Ratio (Item 1 to Item 7) ________ to 1.0 Maximum Ratio 3.5 to 1.0 EXHIBIT D-1 FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL [Date of Delivery of Opinion] To: The Agent and each Lender party to the Credit Agreement referred to below Re: Lee Enterprises, Incorporated Ladies and Gentlemen: This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 4.1(d) of the Credit Agreement dated as of __________________, 1998 (the "Credit Agreement") among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the financial institutions party thereto as Lenders, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent (the "Agent"). We have acted as special counsel for the Company in the preparation, execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement. Terms used herein are, unless otherwise defined herein, used as defined in the Credit Agreement. In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies, of the following, each dated this date unless otherwise indicated: (i) The following (collectively the "Loan Documents"): (a) the Credit Agreement; and [(b) the Notes issued to ________________ on the date hereof;] (ii) A certificate of the Secretary of the Company certifying as to (A) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated By-laws of the Company, and (B) Resolutions adopted on September 18, 1998, by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (iii) A certificate of the Secretary of State of Delaware, dated November 19, 1998, attesting to the continued existence and good standing of the Company in that state. We also have examined originals or copies of such other corporate documents and records, and other certificates, opinions and instruments, as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. As to questions of fact material to such opinions, we have, without independent investigation, relied solely upon all of the foregoing and upon certificates of the officers of the Company and of public officials. For the purposes of this opinion, we have assumed that all items submitted to us as originals are authentic and all signatures thereon are genuine, all items submitted to us as copies conform to the originals, and each such item has been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than the Company) pursuant to due authorization as such party's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms. With respect to factual matters we have relied solely upon the foregoing, upon certificates of the officers of the Company and of public officials and upon the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement. We have undertaken no independent review thereof and no other investigation or inquiry. All factual matters underlying the opinions set forth herein are based upon, and as used herein the phrase "to our knowledge" or "actual knowledge" means, the actual knowledge of those attorneys of this firm who have represented the Company in connection with the Loan Documents. Except as set forth above, no inferences as to our knowledge of any factual matters may be drawn from the fact of our representation of the Company. Our opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the State of Iowa and the federal laws of the United States, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. As to all matters herein governed by the Communications Act of 1934, as amended ("the Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") thereunder (the "FCC Rules"), we have relied upon an opinion, dated as of the date hereof, and addressed and delivered to you, of Messrs. Wiley, Rein and Fielding, special regulatory counsel for the Company in connection with the matters before the FCC and in respect to compliance by the Company's television stations with the Act and the FCC Rules (the "Wiley, Rein Opinion"). In rendering the opinions set forth in paragraph (4) below, we have assumed that the internal laws of the State of Iowa would apply to the Loan Documents despite selection of Illinois law as the governing law in the Loan Documents. In making such assumption, we do not intend to imply that an Iowa state court would not give effect to such selection of Illinois law. Based upon and subject to the matters stated herein and upon such investigation as we have deemed necessary, we are of the opinion that: (1) The Company: (a) except as noted in paragraph __ of the Wiley, Rein opinion, is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; and (b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals (i) to own its assets and to carry on its business and (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents; except, in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. (2) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Loan Documents to which the Company is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and the Loan Documents do not: (a) contravene the terms of any of the Company's Organization Documents; (b) except as noted in paragraph __ of the Wiley, Rein opinion, conflict with or result in a breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any Contractual Obligation of which we have knowledge to which the Company is a party or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which the Company or its property is subject of which we have knowledge; or (c) violate any U.S. Federal or Iowa state Requirement of Law. (3) Except as noted in paragraph 2 of the Wiley, Rein opinion, no approval, consent, exemption, authorization or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any U.S. Federal or Iowa state Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Company of any Loan Document. Our opinion in this paragraph 3 is based solely upon a review of generally applicable laws of the United States of America (except for the Act and the FCC Rules, as to which we express no opinion) and the State of Iowa, and not on any search with respect to, any orders, decrees, judgments or other determinations specifically applicable to the Company. (4) The Loan Documents are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms. The opinions set forth above are subject to the following qualifications: (a) Our opinion in paragraph 4 above is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or similar law affecting creditors' rights generally and to the effect of general principles of equity, including (without limitation) concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and the discretion of a court in granting equitable remedies (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). (b) The availability of equitable remedies, including without limitation, specific enforcement and injunctive relief, is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought. (c) Rights to indemnification and contribution thereunder may be limited by applicable law or public policy. (d) We call your attention to the following matters as to which we express no opinion: (i) the Company's agreement in the Loan Documents to indemnify you against costs or expenses or liability arising out of or related to the entering into, performance or enforcement of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (ii) the Company's agreements in the Loan Documents to the jurisdiction of a particular court or to the waiver of the right to jury trial; or (iii) certain other provisions contained in the Loan Documents which may be limited or rendered ineffective by applicable laws of the State of Iowa or judicial decisions governing such provisions or holding their enforcement to be unreasonable under the then existing circumstances. This opinion may not be disclosed or delivered to, filed with, or relied upon by, any other person, entity or agency, and may not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to, without the prior written consent of the undersigned. This letter is limited to the matters set forth herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly stated herein. This opinion is limited to matters as of the date hereof and we undertake no obligation to advise you of matters that hereafter come to our attention or otherwise arise that affect the opinions set forth herein. This opinion is furnished to you solely in connection with the transactions described above and (i) may not be relied upon by anyone other than the addressees hereof and their respective successors, participants and assigns (and by counsel to the foregoing) and (ii) may be relied upon by such persons only in connection with the transactions described above. Very truly yours, EXHIBIT D-2 The Agent and each Lender party to the Credit Agreement, referred to below RE: Lee Enterprises, Incorporated Ladies and Gentlemen: This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 4.1(d) of the Credit Agreement dated as of _________, 1998 (the "Credit Agreement") among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the financial institutions party thereto as Lenders, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent (the "Agent"). We have acted as special communications counsel for the Company. Terms used herein are, unless otherwise defined herein, used as defined in the Credit Agreement. In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies, of the following, each dated this date unless otherwise indicated: The following (collectively the "Loan Documents"): (a) the Credit Agreement; and (b) the Notes issued to the Lenders on the date hereof. We also have examined originals or copies of such other corporate documents and records, and other certificates, opinions and instruments, as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. As to questions of fact material to such opinions, we have, without independent investigation, relied solely upon all of the foregoing, representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and information publicly available for inspection at the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"). Except as set forth above, no inferences as to our knowledge of any factual matters may be drawn from the fact of our representation of the Company. For the purposes of this opinion, we have assumed that all items submitted to us as originals are authentic and all signatures thereon are genuine, all items submitted to us as copies conform to the originals, and each such item has been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than the Company) pursuant to due authorization, execution and delivery as such party's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with Our opinions expressed herein are limited to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended ("the Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated by the FCC thereunder (the "Rules"). We express no opinion concerning any other laws. Based solely and in reliance upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth below, it is our opinion that: 1. The Company or its subsidiaries hold the FCC authorizations and licenses described on the Attachment to this letter. 2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Loan Documents to which the Company is a party do not require prior consent, approval or authorization of the FCC, and do not constitute a violation by the Company of the Act or Rules, provided it is understood that (i) the FCC prohibits the grant of a security interest in or lien upon any FCC license, permit or authorization, (ii) prior FCC consent is required before the assignment or transfer of control of an FCC license, permit or authorization (including without limitation prior to the exercise of certain rights or remedies under the Loan Documents which constitute or cause such an assignment or transfer of control under the Act and Rules), and (iii) certain of the Loan Documents will need to be filed with the FCC for informational purposes. This opinion is furnished to you solely in connection with the transactions described above and (i) may not be relied upon by anyone other than the addressees hereof and their respective successors, participants and assigns (and by counsel to the foregoing) and (ii) may be relied upon by such persons only in connection with the transactions described above. This opinion may not be disclosed or delivered to, filed with, or relied upon by, any other person, entity or agency, and may not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to, without the prior written consent of the undersigned. This letter is limited to the matters set forth herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly stated herein. This opinion is limited to matters as of the date hereof an we undertake no obligation to advise you of matters that hereafter come to our attention or otherwise arise that affect the opinions set forth herein. Very truly yours, ATTACHMENT 1 FCC LICENSES Licensee Station Expiration Date - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lee Enterprises, Incorporated KGMB(TV), Honolulu, HI 2/1/99 (Renewal pending) Lee Enterprises, Incorporated KGMV(TV), Wailuku, HI 2/1/99 (Renewal pending) Lee Enterprises, Incorporated KGMD-TV, Hilo, HI 2/1/99 (Renewal pending) Lee Enterprises, Incorporated WSAZ-TV, Huntington, WV 10/1/04 Lee Enterprises, Incorporated KGUN(TV), Tucson, AZ 10/1/06 Lee Enterprises, Incorporated KMTV(TV), Omaha, NE 6/1/06 Lee Enterprises, Incorporated KMAZ(TV), Las Cruces, NM 10/1/06 KOIN-TV, Inc. KOIN(TV), Portland, OR 2/1/99 (Renewal pending) New Mexico Broadcasting Co., Inc. KBIM-TV, Roswell, NM 10/1/06 New Mexico Broadcasting Co., Inc. KRQE(TV), Albuquerque, NM 10/1/98 (Renewal pending) New Mexico Broadcasting Co., Inc. KREZ-TV, Durango, CO 4/1/06 Topeka License Subsidiary Corporation KSNT(TV), Topeka, KS 6/1/06 Wichita License Subsidiary Corporation KSNW(TV), Wichita, KS 6/1/06 Wichita License Subsidiary Corporation KSNC(TV), Great Bend, KS 6/1/06 Wichita License Subsidiary Corporation KSNG(TV), Garden City, KS 6/1/06 Wichita License Subsidiary Corporation KSNK(TV), McCook, NE 6/1/06
EXHIBIT E FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT This ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT (this "Assignment and Acceptance") dated as of __________, ____ is made between ______________________________ (the "Assignor") and __________________________ (the "Assignee"). RECITALS The Assignor is party to the Credit Agreement dated as of ___________________, 1998 (as amended, modified, supplemented or renewed, the "Credit Agreement") among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated (the "Company"), Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association as Agent (the "Agent"), and the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto (including the Assignor, the "Lenders"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not defined in this Assignment and Acceptance are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Assignor wishes to assign to the Assignee [part of the] [all] rights and obligations of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement in respect of the Loans, the Assignor's Commitment and the other rights and obligations of the Assignor thereunder, and the Assignee wishes to accept assignment of such rights and to assume such obligations from the Assignor, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Assignment and Acceptance. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Assignment and Acceptance. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Assignment and Acceptance, (i) the Assignor hereby sells, transfers and assigns to the Assignee, and (ii) the Assignee hereby purchases, assumes and undertakes from the Assignor, without recourse and without representation or warranty (except as provided in this Assignment and Acceptance), (i) ___% of the Assignor's Commitment, together with a corresponding portion of the Assignor's outstanding Loans as set forth on Annex I; and (ii) all related rights, benefits, obligations, liabilities and indemnities of the Assignor under and in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (all of the foregoing being herein called the "Assigned Rights and Obligations"). (b) With effect on and after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 5 hereof), the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and succeed to all of the rights and be obligated to perform all of the obligations of a Lender under the Credit Agreement, including the requirements concerning confidentiality and the payment of indemnification, with a Pro Rata Share equal to _______%. The Assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender. It is the intent of the parties hereto that (i) as of the Effective Date, the Pro Rata Share of the Assignor shall be reduced to _______%, and (ii) the Assignor shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement to the extent such obligations have been assumed by the Assignee; provided, however, that the Assignor shall not relinquish its rights under Article III or Sections 10.4 or 10.5 of the Credit Agreement in respect of the Assigned Rights and Obligations to the extent such rights relate to the time prior to the Effective Date. (c) After giving effect to the assignment and assumption set forth herein, on the Effective Date the Assignee's Commitment and the Assignor's Commitment will be as set forth on Annex I. (d) After giving effect to the assignment and assumption set forth herein, on the Effective Date the Assignee's outstanding Loans will be $__________ and the Assignor's outstanding Loans will be $__________. 2. Payments. (a) As consideration for the sale, assignment and transfer contemplated in Section 1 hereof, the Assignee shall pay to the Assignor on the Effective Date in immediately available funds an amount equal to $__________, representing the principal amount of all outstanding and funded Loans included within the Assigned Rights and Obligations. (b) The [Assignor] [Assignee] further agrees to pay to the Agent a processing fee in the amount specified in Section 10.8(a) of the Credit Agreement. 3. Reallocation of Payments. Any interest, fees and other payments accrued to the Effective Date with respect to the Assigned Rights and Obligations shall be for the account of the Assignor. Any interest, fees and other payments accrued on and after the Effective Date with respect to the Assigned Rights and Obligations shall be for the account of the Assignee. Each of the Assignor and the Assignee agrees that it will hold in trust for the other party any interest, fees and other amounts which it may receive to which the other party is entitled pursuant to the preceding two sentences and pay to the other party any such amounts which it may receive promptly upon receipt. 4. Independent Credit Decision. The Assignee (a) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits thereto, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit and legal analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; and (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit and legal decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement. 5. Effective Date; Notices. (a) As between the Assignor and the Assignee, the effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be ______________ (the "Effective Date"); provided that the following conditions precedent have been satisfied on or before the Effective Date: (i) this Assignment and Acceptance shall be executed and delivered by the Assignor and the Assignee; (ii) the consent of the Company and the Agent, if required for an effective assignment of the Assigned Rights and Obligations by the Assignor to the Assignee under Section 10.8(a) of the Credit Agreement, shall have been duly obtained and shall be in full force and effect as of the Effective Date; (iii)the Assignee shall pay to the Assignor all amounts due to the Assignor under this Assignment and Acceptance; and (iv) the processing fee referred to in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been paid to the Agent. (b) Promptly following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, the Assignor shall deliver to the Company and the Agent, for acknowledgment by the Agent, a Notice of Assignment substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1. 6. Agent. INCLUDE ONLY IF ASSIGNOR IS THE AGENT (a) The Assignee hereby appoints and authorizes the Assignor to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement. (b) The Assignee shall assume no duties or obligations held by the Assignor in its capacity as Agent under the Credit Agreement. 7. Representations and Warranties. (a) The Assignor represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any Lien or other adverse claim; (ii) it is duly organized and existing and it has the full power and authority to take, and has taken, all action necessary to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and any other documents required or permitted to be executed or delivered by it in connection with this Assignment and Acceptance and to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (iii) no notices to, or consents, authorizations or approvals of, any Person are required (other than any already given or obtained) for its due execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and Acceptance, and apart from any agreements or undertakings or filings required by the Credit Agreement, no further action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Person is required of it for such execution, delivery or performance; and (iv) this Assignment and Acceptance has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assignor, enforceable against the Assignor in accordance with the terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equitable principles. (b) The Assignor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto. The Assignor makes no representation or warranty in connection with, and assumes no responsibility with respect to, the solvency, financial condition or statements of the Company or the performance or observance by the Company of any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished in connection therewith. (c) The Assignee represents and warrants that (i) it is duly organized and existing and it has full power and authority to take, and has taken, all action necessary to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and any other documents required or permitted to be executed or delivered by it in connection with this Assignment and Acceptance, and to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (ii) no notices to, or consents, authorizations or approvals of, any Person are required (other than any already given or obtained) for its due execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and Acceptance; and apart from any agreements or undertakings or filings required by the Credit Agreement, no further action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Person is required of it for such execution, delivery or performance; (iii) this Assignment and Acceptance has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assignee, enforceable against the Assignee in accordance with the terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equitable principles; and (iv) it is an Eligible Assignee. 8. Further Assurances. The Assignor and the Assignee each hereby agree to execute and deliver such other instruments, and take such other action, as either party may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Assignment and Acceptance, including the delivery of any notices or other documents or instruments to the Company or the Agent which may be required in connection with the assignment and assumption contemplated hereby. 9. Miscellaneous. (a) Any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No failure or delay by either party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof and any waiver of any breach of the provisions of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be without prejudice to any rights with respect to any other or further breach thereof. (b) All payments made hereunder shall be made without any set-off or counterclaim. (c) The Assignor and the Assignee shall each pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance of this Assignment and Acceptance. (d) This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. (e) THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS. The Assignor and the Assignee each irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal court sitting in the State of Illinois over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Assignment and Acceptance and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Illinois State or Federal court. Each party to this Assignment and Acceptance hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. (f) THE ASSIGNOR AND THE ASSIGNEE EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING OR STATEMENT (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN). IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written. [ASSIGNOR] By: _____________________________ Title: __________________________ Address: [ASSIGNEE] By: _____________________________ Title: __________________________ Address: ANNEX I Immediately Before Effective Date: Commitment Pro Rata Share Assignor: U.S.$ % Assignee: U.S.$ % On and after Effective Date: Assignor: U.S.$ % Assignee: U.S.$ % The Assigned Rights and Obligations include: Amount Loan SCHEDULE 1 NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE _______________, ____ Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Attn: ___________________ Lee Enterprises, Incorporated 1005 West Grand Avenue Lima, Iowa 45801 Attn: Ladies and Gentlemen: We refer to the Credit Agreement, dated as of _________________, 1998 (as amended, modified, supplemented or renewed from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Lee Enterprises, Incorporated (the "Company"), Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent, and the Lenders referred to therein. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined. 1. We hereby give you notice of, and request your consent to, the assignment by __________________ (the "Assignor") to _______________ (the "Assignee") pursuant to the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement attached hereto (the "Assignment and Acceptance") of: (i) ___% of the Assignor's Commitment, together with a corresponding portion of the Assignor's outstanding Loans, and (ii) all related rights, benefits, obligations, liabilities and indemnities of the Assignor under and in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. After giving effect to such assignment, the Assignee shall have a Pro Rata Share equal to _______%, and the Pro Rata Share of the Assignor shall be reduced to _______%. After giving effect to such assignment, the Assignee's outstanding Loans will be $__________ and the Assignor's outstanding Loans will be $__________. 2. The Assignee agrees that, upon receiving the consent, if applicable, of the Agent and the Company to such assignment, the Assignee will be bound by the terms of the Credit Agreement as fully and to the same extent as if the Assignee were the Lender originally holding such interest in the Credit Agreement. 3. The following administrative details apply to the Assignee: (A) Notice Address: Assignee name: __________________________ Address: _______________________________ _______________________________ _______________________________ Attention: _____________________________ Telephone: (___) _______________________ Telecopier: (___) ______________________ (B) Payment Instructions: Account No.: ___________________________ At: ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ Reference: ___________________________ Attention: ___________________________ 4. You are entitled to rely upon the representations, warranties and covenants of each of the Assignor and the Assignee contained in the Assignment and Acceptance. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused this Notice of Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their respective duly authorized officials, officers or agents as of the date first above mentioned. Very truly yours, [NAME OF ASSIGNOR] By: _______________________________ Title: ____________________________ [NAME OF ASSIGNEE] By: ______________________________ Title: ____________________________ ACKNOWLEDGED AND ASSIGNMENT CONSENTED TO: LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED By: _________________________ Its: _________________________ BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent By: ______________________________ Its: _____________________________ EXHIBIT F FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE $ ___________________ , 1998 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Lee ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby promises to pay to the order of ______________ (the "Lender") the principal sum of ___________________ Dollars ($___________ ) or, if less the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender to the Company pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of ________________, 1998 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among the Company, various financial institutions (including the Lender), and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent for the Lenders, on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement. The Company further promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans evidenced hereby from time to time at the rates, on the dates, and otherwise as provided in the Credit Agreement. The Lender is authorized to endorse the amount of each loan and the date on which such Loan is made and each payment of principal with respect thereto on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof, or on continuations thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof; provided that any failure to endorse such information on such schedule or continuation thereof shall not in any manner affect any obligation of the Company under the Credit Agreement and this Promissory Note (this "Note"). This Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement, which Credit Agreement, among other things, contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with their defined meanings therein unless otherwise defined herein. This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED By: Title: Schedule A to Note BASE RATE LOANS AND REPAYMENTS OF BASE RATE LOANS (2) (3) Amount of Amount of (4) (1) Base Rate Base Rate Notation Date Loan Loan Repaid Made By OFFSHORE RATE LOANS AND REPAYMENTS OF OFFSHORE RATE LOANS (3) (2) Interest (4) Amount of Period for Amount of Offshore Offshore Offshore (5) (1) Rate Rate Rate Notation Date Loan Loan Loan Repaid Made By - -----------------------------------------------------------------


                          LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED
                          AND WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES

                     EXHIBIT 21 - WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES
                            AND ASSOCIATED COMPANIES


                                                                 Percentage of
                                                               Voting Securities
                                        State of Organization        Owned
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lee Enterprises, Incorporated                    Delaware            Parent
Lee Technical Systems, Inc.                      Iowa                100%
Lee Consolidated Holdings Co.                    South Dakota        100%
KOIN-TV, Inc.                                    Delaware            100%
New Mexico Broadcasting Company, Inc.            New Mexico          100%
Accudata, Inc.                                   Iowa                100%
Target Marketing Systems, Inc.                   Iowa                100%
Journal-Star Printing Co.                        Nebraska            100%
Madison Newspapers, Inc.                         Wisconsin            50%
SJL of Kansas Corp.                              Kansas              100%
Oregon News Media, Inc.                          Delaware            100%
Pacific Northwest Publishing Group, Inc.         Delaware            100%
Nevada Media, Inc.                               Delaware            100%
Marketing Clarity                                Iowa                 51%
IBS/Lee Partners LLC                             Delaware             50%


EXHIBIT 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY



We, the undersigned directors of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated, hereby severally
constitute  Richard D. Gottlieb and Larry L. Bloom,  and each of them,  our true
and lawful  attorneys  with full power to them, and each of them, to sign for us
and in our names, the capacities indicated below, the Annual Report on Form 10-K
of Lee Enterprises, Incorporated for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 to
be filed herewith and any amendments to said Annual Report, and generally do all
such things in our name and behalf in our  capacities as directors to enable Lee
Enterprises,  Incorporated  to  comply  with the  provisions  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 as amended,  and all  requirements  of the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission,  hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may
be signed by our said  attorneys,  or either of them,  to said Annual  Report on
Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto.

                                                                    Date

/s/ Rance E. Crain
- ---------------------------------------
Rance E. Crain, Director                                      November 18, 1998

/s/ J. P. Guerin
- ---------------------------------------
J. P. Guerin, Director                                        November 18, 1998

/s/ Andrew E. Newman
- ---------------------------------------
Andrew E. Newman, Director                                    November 18, 1998

/s/ Gordon Prichett
- ---------------------------------------
Gordon Prichett   , Director                                  November 18, 1998

/s/ Charles E. Rickershauser, Jr.
- ---------------------------------------
Charles E. Rickershauser, Jr., Director                       November 18, 1998

/s/ Ronald L. Rickman
- ---------------------------------------
Ronald L. Rickman, Director                                   November 18, 1998

/s/ Lloyd G. Schermer
- ----------------------------------------
Lloyd G. Schermer, Chairman of the Board
  and Director                                                November 18, 1998

/s/ Phyllis Sewell
- ----------------------------------------
Phyllis Sewell, Director                                      November 18, 1998

/s/ Richard W. Sonnenfeldt
- ----------------------------------------
Richard W. Sonnenfeldt, Director                              November 18, 1998

/s/ Mark Vittert
- ----------------------------------------
Mark Vittert, Director                                        November 18, 1998
 

5 THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 FORM 10-K OF LEE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1,000 YEAR SEP-30-1998 SEP-30-1998 16,941 12,364 64,553 4,110 3,878 95,591 299,292 170,920 660,585 98,061 186,028 0 0 88,700 231,059 660,585 508,926 517,293 0 0 404,446 2,996 14,611 100,132 37,899 62,233 0 0 0 62,233 1.39 1.37